[go: up one dir, main page]

WO2024238775A2 - Efficient and selective upcycling of polyethylene to alkylbenzenes under moderate hydrogen pressure - Google Patents

Efficient and selective upcycling of polyethylene to alkylbenzenes under moderate hydrogen pressure Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2024238775A2
WO2024238775A2 PCT/US2024/029667 US2024029667W WO2024238775A2 WO 2024238775 A2 WO2024238775 A2 WO 2024238775A2 US 2024029667 W US2024029667 W US 2024029667W WO 2024238775 A2 WO2024238775 A2 WO 2024238775A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
atm
reactor
alkyl group
support
mol
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Pending
Application number
PCT/US2024/029667
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2024238775A9 (en
WO2024238775A3 (en
Inventor
Jiakai Sun
Susannah L. Scott
Yu-Hsuan Lee
Mahdi ABU-OMAR
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
University of California Berkeley
University of California San Diego UCSD
Original Assignee
University of California Berkeley
University of California San Diego UCSD
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by University of California Berkeley, University of California San Diego UCSD filed Critical University of California Berkeley
Publication of WO2024238775A2 publication Critical patent/WO2024238775A2/en
Publication of WO2024238775A9 publication Critical patent/WO2024238775A9/en
Publication of WO2024238775A3 publication Critical patent/WO2024238775A3/en
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical
Pending legal-status Critical Current

Links

Classifications

    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J11/00Recovery or working-up of waste materials
    • C08J11/04Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers
    • C08J11/10Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers by chemically breaking down the molecular chains of polymers or breaking of crosslinks, e.g. devulcanisation
    • C08J11/16Recovery or working-up of waste materials of polymers by chemically breaking down the molecular chains of polymers or breaking of crosslinks, e.g. devulcanisation by treatment with inorganic material
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J21/00Catalysts comprising the elements, oxides, or hydroxides of magnesium, boron, aluminium, carbon, silicon, titanium, zirconium, or hafnium
    • B01J21/12Silica and alumina
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J23/00Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00
    • B01J23/38Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals
    • B01J23/40Catalysts comprising metals or metal oxides or hydroxides, not provided for in group B01J21/00 of noble metals of the platinum group metals
    • B01J23/42Platinum
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J35/00Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J35/40Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by dimensions, e.g. grain size
    • B01J35/45Nanoparticles
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J35/00Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J35/60Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J35/61Surface area
    • B01J35/617500-1000 m2/g
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J35/00Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties
    • B01J35/60Catalysts, in general, characterised by their form or physical properties characterised by their surface properties or porosity
    • B01J35/63Pore volume
    • B01J35/6350.5-1.0 ml/g
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2235/00Indexing scheme associated with group B01J35/00, related to the analysis techniques used to determine the catalysts form or properties
    • B01J2235/10Infrared [IR]
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2235/00Indexing scheme associated with group B01J35/00, related to the analysis techniques used to determine the catalysts form or properties
    • B01J2235/15X-ray diffraction
    • BPERFORMING OPERATIONS; TRANSPORTING
    • B01PHYSICAL OR CHEMICAL PROCESSES OR APPARATUS IN GENERAL
    • B01JCHEMICAL OR PHYSICAL PROCESSES, e.g. CATALYSIS OR COLLOID CHEMISTRY; THEIR RELEVANT APPARATUS
    • B01J2235/00Indexing scheme associated with group B01J35/00, related to the analysis techniques used to determine the catalysts form or properties
    • B01J2235/30Scanning electron microscopy; Transmission electron microscopy
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C08ORGANIC MACROMOLECULAR COMPOUNDS; THEIR PREPARATION OR CHEMICAL WORKING-UP; COMPOSITIONS BASED THEREON
    • C08JWORKING-UP; GENERAL PROCESSES OF COMPOUNDING; AFTER-TREATMENT NOT COVERED BY SUBCLASSES C08B, C08C, C08F, C08G or C08H
    • C08J2323/00Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers
    • C08J2323/02Characterised by the use of homopolymers or copolymers of unsaturated aliphatic hydrocarbons having only one carbon-to-carbon double bond; Derivatives of such polymers not modified by chemical after treatment

Definitions

  • the invention is generally in the field of upcycling of hydrocarbon polymers, particularly methods for upcycling of waste hydrocarbon polymers.
  • BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Conversion of polyethylene (PE) to surfactant-range alkylaromatics (C 16-22 ) could add value to the used polymer and promote the recycling of waste plastic.
  • PE polyethylene
  • C 16-22 surfactant-range alkylaromatics
  • BAS Br ⁇ nsted acid sites
  • Bifunctional catalysts accelerate depolymerization to alkylbenzenes, however, too much acidity leads to the undesirable formation of polyaromatics and carbon residue.
  • industrial production of alkylbenzenes currently uses a high H2 pressure.
  • naphtha catalytic reforming is conducted under 7-68 atm H 2 , where aromatic yields are a maximum.
  • the P(H2) value is a tradeoff: lower P(H2) leads to catalyst coking, while higher P(H2) suppresses aromatic formation.
  • the rate of C-C bond scission plays a role in achieving the desired molecular weight for alkylbenzenes in an acceptable time.
  • SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Processes for upcycling plastic waste containing one or more hydrocarbon polymers to alkylbenzenes are described herein. The process disclosed herein is operated under a sufficient hydrogen gas (H2) pressure, and thereby enhances the yield of alkylbenzenes and the selectivity of alkylbenzenes relative to polyaromatic compounds (which are environmental pollutants) resulting from the catalytic depolymerization of the plastic waste.
  • H2 hydrogen gas
  • the process typically includes (i) feeding a plastic waste containing a hydrocarbon polymer, optionally, more than one hydrocarbon polymer, into a reactor and (ii) operating the reactor at a sufficient temperature, under a sufficient hydrogen gas (H2) pressure, and for a sufficient period of time to convert the hydrocarbon polymer(s) to a product containing a liquid.
  • the liquid in the product contains an alkylbenzene compound, optionally more than one alkylbenzene compound.
  • the liquid in the product also contains other aromatic compounds, such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or one or more polyaromatic compounds.
  • the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%.
  • the disclosed process can produce the alkylbenzene compound(s) with a yield of at least 4% or at least 5%, by weight.
  • the reactor contains a catalyst therein.
  • the catalyst includes a transition metal.
  • the catalyst is in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination 2 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT thereof.
  • the catalyst is dispersed in the form of atoms, nanocluster, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof on the surface of a support.
  • the reactor operates under a H2 pressure that is effective to achieve a mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) of at least 25%, relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid of the product.
  • the reactor operates under a H2 pressure in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm for depolymerizing a plastic waste contained therein, and the liquid product obtained from the depolymerization reaction contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.
  • the H2 pressure under which the reactor operates may be measured immediately prior to the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) or during step (ii).
  • Figure 1b is a bar graph showing the molar selectivity of hydrocarbon products with different carbon numbers in gas.
  • alkylbenzene ( Figures 2f-2j); and molar product distributions calculated assuming the MS response factors depending on the type of hydrocarbon and depend linearly on the molecular weight ( Figures 2k-2o), for alkylbenzenes ( Figures 2a, 2f, 2k), alkylnaphthalenes ( Figures 2b, 2g, 2l), alkylphenanthrenes ( Figures 2c, 2h, 2m), alkanes ( Figures 2d, 2i, 2n), and total hydrocarbons ( Figures 2e, 2j, 2o).
  • the inset figure is an expansion of 3 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT the short retention time region, showing assignments for the major peaks.
  • Figure 3b is a zoom-in view of the data shown in Figure 3a.
  • the inset is an expansion of the low-molecular weight region.
  • Figure 4b is a zoom-in view of the data shown in Figure 4a.
  • TGA thermogravimetric analysis
  • Figure 7a is a graph showing the dependence on reactor P(H2) of the average carbon number for alkylaromatics (red) and total hydrocarbons (blue) in the combined liquid + wax fraction.
  • Figures 8a-8c are graphs showing the effect of external P(H2) on the mass fractions of various hydrocarbon types (from top to bottom: gases (C1-6), liquids (C7-30) soluble in CH2Cl2, waxes (C>30) soluble in CH2Cl2, organic residues insoluble in CH2Cl2) (Figure 8a); molecular weight distributions for the wax products, measured by GPC-RI (note that waxes are only formed in appreciable amounts for P(H2) ⁇ 6 bar) (Figure 8b), and the average carbon number in the combined liquid + wax fractions, and the total number of C-C bond scission events (Figure 4 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 8c).
  • FIGS 9a and 9b are graphs showing the effect of external P(H2) on 1 H NMR spectra, recorded in CD2Cl2, of the combined liquid/wax products recovered from the catalytic conversion of PE ( Figure 9a), and the molar yield of alkylbenzenes and the alkylbenzene selectivity relative to all aromatics ( Figure 9b).
  • the reactor was evacuated and filled with the amount of H2 indicated after each 4 h reaction period ( Figure 11a).
  • Figure 11b shows the total number of C-C bond scission events.
  • Figure 11c shows the total yield of alkylbenzenes.
  • Figure 12 is a scheme illustrating an exemplary process for catalytic upcycling of plastic waste containing hydrocarbon polymers to alkylbenzene compounds. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION I. PROCESS FOR DEPOLYMERIZING A WASTE SOLID Process for upcycling a plastic waste material is described herein.
  • the term “upcycling” refers to the depolymerization of a waste material to more valuable chemicals, such as alkylbenzene compounds.
  • the waste contains a hydrocarbon polymer, optionally more than one hydrocarbon polymer.
  • the hydrocarbon polymer in the waste is generally upcycled to form one or more alkylbenzene compounds.
  • the process can also be a process for manufacturing various alkylbenzene compounds. 5 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT
  • the upcycling process includes a depolymerization reaction.
  • the depolymerization reaction is solvent-free.
  • the waste material is in a solid form and is not dissolved in a solvent prior to or during the depolymerization reaction.
  • the depolymerization reaction is performed under a suitable hydrogen gas (H2) pressure.
  • the H2 pressure is effective to achieve a high mass selectivity (i.e., at least 15%) of alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the product formed by depolymerization of a plastic waste material.
  • the process generally includes (i) feeding a waste material containing a hydrocarbon polymer, optionally more than one hydrocarbon polymer, into a reactor, where the reactor contains a catalyst therein; and (ii) operating the reactor under a sufficient H 2 pressure to convert the hydrocarbon polymer(s) to a product.
  • the product contains a liquid (also referred to herein as “liquid product”).
  • the liquid product contains an alkylbenzene compound, optionally more than one alkylbenzene compound.
  • the reactor is operated at a sufficient temperature, under the sufficient H2 pressure, for a sufficient period of time, to form the product.
  • the H2 pressure in the reactor can be a constant H2 pressure for the duration of the reaction, or varied H 2 pressures, such as two or more different H 2 pressures, over the duration of the reaction.
  • the reactor is operated under a constant H2 pressure to form the product.
  • hydrogen gas may be fed into the reactor during step (ii), one or more times, to maintain the constant P(H 2 ).
  • P(H2) can be measured continuously or at regular intervals during the depolymerization reaction such that the desired P(H 2 ) is maintained during the reaction.
  • the P(H 2 ) in the reactor is maintained during the reaction in step (ii) at a value ranging from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm, such as 8 atm.
  • the reactor is operated under two different H2 pressures to produce the product.
  • step (ii) of the process includes step (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H2) to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, and after step (iia), step (iib) operating the reactor under a second P(H2) to form the product.
  • the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer formed in step (iia) are saturated fragments.
  • the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2).
  • the first P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm, and/or the second P(H2) ranges from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm.
  • the process can further include in step (iib) removing hydrogen gas from the reactor to provide the second P(H2).
  • step (iib) removing hydrogen gas from the reactor to provide the second P(H2).
  • the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers are measured continuously or at regular intervals during step (iia) under the first P(H 2 ) to determine the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fragments.
  • Methods for measuring the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers to determine Mw during step (iia) are known.
  • a sample of the hydrocarbon polymer fragments is obtained from the reactor continuously or periodically and subject to measurement and analysis using a suitable instrument, such as NMR, Mass- spectrometry, etc.
  • the P(H 2 ) in the reactor is lowered to the second P(H 2 ), such as by removing the hydrogen gas from the reactor.
  • the reactor is operated under the second P(H2), the liquid product that contains alkylbenzene compound(s) is formed.
  • the second P(H 2 ) can be 0.
  • the reactor in step (iib) is operated under a pressure of an inert gas, such as argon or nitrogen gas.
  • the inert gas pressure can range from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm.
  • the process includes, in step (iib), removing hydrogen gas from the reactor and feeding the inert gas into the reactor to provide the inert gas pressure.
  • the reactor is operated under three different H2 pressures to produce the product.
  • step (ii) of the process includes step (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H2) to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, after step (iia), step (iib) operating the reactor under a second P(H 2 ) to form aromatic compounds, and after step (iib), step (iic) operating the reactor at a third P(H2) to form the product.
  • the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H 2 )
  • the third P(H 2 ) is higher than the second P(H 2 ).
  • the first P(H2) and second P(H2) each are in a range as described above; and the third P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5atm to 12 atm, or from 5 atm to 10 atm.
  • the reaction under the first P(H2), methods for determining the reaction stage for pressure change, and methods for adjusting H2 pressure from the first P(H2) to the second P(H2) and optionally providing an inert gas pressure in step (iib) are as described above.
  • aromatic compounds that contain alkylbenzenes, polyaromatics, etc. are formed.
  • step (iib) the aromatic compounds are measured continuously or at regular 7 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT intervals to determine the total yield of the aromatic compounds.
  • Methods for measuring the aromatic compounds to determine their total yield during step (iib) are known. For example, a sample of the aromatic compounds is obtained from the reactor continuously or periodically and subject to measurement and analysis using a suitable instrument, such as 1 H NMR spectroscopy combined with gas chromatography. More specific methods for measuring and analyzing a sample of the aromatic compounds to determine their total yield are described in the Examples below.
  • the P(H 2 ) in the reactor is increased to provide the third P(H 2 ) in step (iic), such as by feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor.
  • the inert gas can be removed from the reactor using any suitable method and hydrogen gas can be fed into the reactor simultaneously with or subsequently to the inert gas removal process.
  • the flow of hydrogen gas into the reactor can replace any inert gas remaining in the reactor and thereby remove the inert gas from the reactor.
  • step (iib) even an inert gas is used in step (iib) to provide an inert gas pressure, in step (iic) after step (iib), the reactor can be pressurized with H 2 without removing the inert gas from the reactor.
  • the reactor is operated under the third P(H2) in step (iic)
  • polyaromatics in the aromatic compounds formed in step (iib) can be converted to alkylbenzenes and thereby increase the yield of alkylbenzenes and remove undesired polyaromatics in the product.
  • the liquid product also contains other aromatic compounds that are not alkylbenzene compounds, such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or one or more polyaromatic compounds.
  • the alkylpolyaromatic compounds and the polyaromatic compounds in the liquid product contain from 7 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s), relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%.
  • the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) is 100%.
  • the disclosed process further includes: (a) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (ii). After the hydrogen gas is fed into the 8 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT reactor, the H 2 pressure desired for the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) is achieved in the reactor.
  • H2 pressure in the process disclosed herein for performing the depolymerization of a plastic waste enhances the yield of alkylbenzenes and the selectivity of alkylbenzenes relative to all aromatic compounds resulting from the catalytic depolymerization of the plastic waste. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that the addition of H 2 pressure in the reactor can promote C-C bond scission and result in the production of hydrocarbon fragments.
  • the pseudo-zeroth-order rate of C-C bond scission (r C-C scission ) for the depolymerization reaction in the disclosed process shows a positive reaction in exemplary process for upcycling a waste material is illustrated in Figure 12 and described below.
  • A. Feed a waste material and hydrogen gas into a reactor Generally, the waste material is fed into the reactor.
  • the reactor is under an inert gas environment, such as argon gas. The inert gas is typically removed from the reactor before feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor to achieve a sufficient H2 pressure for performing the depolymerization reaction in step (ii).
  • the waste material is in the form of a solid.
  • the waste material contains a plastic, optionally a mixed plastic.
  • suitable plastics that can be upcycled using the process include, but are not limited to, non-chlorinated plastics, such as polyolefins, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, and copolymers thereof; and chlorinated plastics, such as polyvinylchloride (PVC), polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC), etc.
  • PVC polyvinylchloride
  • PVDC polyvinylidene chloride
  • the reactor can be an autoclave reactor, such as a pressure reactor system, a flow reactor, a fixed-bed reactor, a packed-bed reactor (PBR), a continuous stirred tank reactor (CSTR), or a semi-batch reactor.
  • the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer.
  • the hydrocarbon polymer in the waste can be polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, a copolymer of polyethylene, a copolymer of polypropylene, a copolymer of polyethylene and polypropylene, or acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS).
  • ABS acrylonitrile butadiene styrene
  • the waste material contains polyethylene or polypropylene.
  • the waste material contains more than one hydrocarbon polymer 9 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT described above, i.e., a mixture of two or more hydrocarbon polymers described above.
  • the waste material contains a mixture of polyethylene and polypropylene.
  • the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer, which is a mixture of different densities of the same hydrocarbon polymer.
  • the waste material can contain polyethylene, which is a mixture of high density polyethylene (HDPE) and low density polyethylene (LDPE). LDPE generally has a density in the range of 917to 930 kg/m 3 .
  • LDPE has more branching (on about 2% of the carbon atoms) than HDPE.
  • the density of HDPE generally is in the range of 930 to 970 kg/m 3 .
  • the density of HDPE is only marginally higher than that of low-density polyethylene, HDPE has little branching, giving it stronger intermolecular forces and tensile strength than LDPE.
  • the difference in strength between HDPE and LDPE exceeds the difference in density, giving HDPE a higher specific strength (a material's strength (force per unit area at failure) divided by its density; also known as the strength-to-weight ratio).
  • the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer of different molecular weights (weight average molecular weight Mw or number average molecular weight Mn).
  • the waste material contains polyethylene, which is a mixture of high molecular weight polyethylene and medium molecular weight polyethylene, a mixture of high molecular weight polyethylene and low molecular weight polyethylene, a mixture of medium molecular weight polyethylene and low molecular weight polyethylene, or a mixture of high, medium, and low molecular weight polyethylene.
  • a hydrocarbon polymer of low Mw is in the range from 1000 g mol -1 to 10,000 g mol -1 ; a hydrocarbon polymer of medium Mw is in the range from 10,000 g mol -1 to 200,000 g mol -1 ; a hydrocarbon polymer of high Mw is in the range from 200,000 g mol -1 to 500,000 g mol -1 ; and a hydrocarbon polymer of ultrahigh Mw is in the range from 500,000 g mol -1 to 7,500,000 g mol -1 .
  • the hydrocarbon polymer in the waste material has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of at least 1 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , 2 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , at least 2.5 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , at least 3 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , at least 3.5 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , at least 4 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , up to 7.5 ⁇ 10 6 g mol -1 , 5 ⁇ 10 6 g mol -1 , 1 ⁇ 10 6 g mol -1 , 5 ⁇ 10 5 g mol -1 , up to 1 ⁇ 10 5 g mol -1 , up to 9.5 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 , up to 9 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 , up to 8.5 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 , up to 8 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 , up to 7.5 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 , up to 7 ⁇
  • Mw weight average
  • the hydrocarbon polymer in the waste material has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of at least 1 ⁇ 10 2 g mol -1 , at least 5 ⁇ 10 2 g mol -1 , at least 1 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , at least 1.5 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , at least 2 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , at least 2.5 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , at least 3 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , at least 3.5 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , at least 4 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , up to 2 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 , up to 1.5 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 , up to 1 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 , between 1 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 and 2 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 , between 1.5 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 and 2 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 , between 1.8 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1
  • the waste material contains a polyethylene having a Mw of at least 3 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 and optionally a Mn of at least 1.5 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 , such as a Mw in a range between 3 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 and 1 ⁇ 10 5 g mol -1 and optionally a Mn in a range between 1.5 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 and 1.5 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 , such as a Mw of about 3.5 x 10 3 g mol -1 and optionally a Mn of about 1.8 x 10 3 g mol -1 .
  • the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer of different average molecular weights (also referred herein as “molecular weight”).
  • a low molecular weight hydrocarbon polymer has a Mw in a range from 1000 g mol -1 to 10,000 g mol -1 and a Mn in a range from 100 g mol -1 to 1,000 g mol -1 ;
  • a medium molecular weight hydrocarbon polymer has a Mw in a range from 10,000 g mol -1 to 200,000 g mol -1 and a Mn in a range from 1,000 g mol -1 to 20,000 g mol -1 ;
  • a high molecular weight hydrocarbon polymer has a Mw in a range from 200,000 g mol -1 to 500,000 g mol -1 and a Mn in a range from 20,000 g mol -1 to 50,000 g mol -1 ;
  • an ultrahigh molecular weight hydrocarbon polymer has a Mw in a range
  • the waste material contains polyethylene, which is a mixture of high molecular weight polyethylene and medium molecular weight polyethylene, a mixture of high molecular weight polyethylene and low molecular weight polyethylene, a mixture of medium molecular weight polyethylene and low molecular weight polyethylene, or a mixture of high, medium, and low molecular weight polyethylene.
  • polyethylene which is a mixture of high molecular weight polyethylene and medium molecular weight polyethylene, a mixture of high molecular weight polyethylene and low molecular weight polyethylene, a mixture of medium molecular weight polyethylene and low molecular weight polyethylene, or a mixture of high, medium, and low molecular weight polyethylene.
  • the hydrocarbon polymer(s) in the waste material contains at least 70 carbon atoms, at least 100 carbon atoms, at least 120 carbon atoms, at least 150 carbon atoms, at least 200 carbon atoms, at least 250 carbon atoms, at least 300 carbon atoms, at least 350 carbon atoms, at least 400 carbon atoms, at least 450 carbon atoms, at least 500 carbon atoms, at least 550 carbon atoms, at least 600 carbon atoms, at least 650 carbon atoms, at least 700 carbon atoms, at least 750 carbon atoms, at least 800 carbon atoms, at least 850 carbon atoms, at least 900 carbon atoms, at least 950 carbon atoms, at least 1000 carbon atoms, up to 500,000 carbon atoms, up to 100,000 carbon atoms, up to 50,000 carbon atoms, up to 10,000 carbon atoms, up to 7000 carbon atoms, up to 6500 carbon atoms, up
  • the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer of ultra-low density, very low density, linear low or low density, linear medium or medium density, or high density or a combination thereof.
  • the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer with a mixture of low and high densities.
  • a hydrocarbon polymer of ultra-low density is in the range from 0.867 g cm -3 to 0.889 g cm -3 .
  • a hydrocarbon polymer of very low density is typically in the range from 0.890 g cm -3 to 0.914 g cm -3 .
  • a hydrocarbon polymer of linear low or low density is typically in the range from 0.919 g cm -3 to 0.925 g cm -3 .
  • a hydrocarbon polymer of linear medium or medium density is typically in the range from 0.926 g cm -3 to 0.940 g cm -3 .
  • a hydrocarbon polymer of high density is typically in the range from 0.941 g cm -3 to 0.970 g cm -3 .
  • a polyethylene of ultra-low density is typically in the range from 0.867 g cm- 3 to 0.889 g cm -3 ; a polyethylene of very low density is typically in the range from 0.890 g cm -3 to 0.914 g cm -3 ; a polyethylene of linear low or low density is typically in the range from 0.919 12 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT g cm -3 to 0.925 g cm -3 ; a polyethylene of linear medium or medium density is typically in the range from 0.926 g cm -3 to 0.940 g cm -3 ; and a polyethylene of high density is in typically the range from 0.941 g cm -3 to 0.970 g cm -3 .
  • the waste material contains a linear low-density or low-density hydrocarbon polymer, such as a linear low-density or low-density polyethylene having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in a range from 8.9 ⁇ 10 4 g mol -1 to 4.7 ⁇ 10 5 g mol -1 , such as 94.5 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 and a density in a range from 0.919 g cm -3 to 0.925 g cm -3 .
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • Exemplary waste material that contains a low-density polyethylene includes freezer bags.
  • the waste material contains a high-density hydrocarbon polymer, such as a high-density polyethylene having a Mw in a range from 10 3 g mol -1 to 10 7 g mol -1 , such as 53.5 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 and a density in a range from 0.941 g cm -3 to 0.970 g cm -3 .
  • a high-density hydrocarbon polymer such as a high-density polyethylene having a Mw in a range from 10 3 g mol -1 to 10 7 g mol -1 , such as 53.5 ⁇ 10 3 g mol -1 and a density in a range from 0.941 g cm -3 to 0.970 g cm -3 .
  • Exemplary waste material that contains a high-density polyethylene includes plastic bottles and plastic packaging, such as a plastic non-biodegradable grocery bag.
  • the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer of different densities.
  • the waste material can contain
  • the waste material contains hydrocarbon polymer having a high dispersity of > 1.5, at least 2, at least 2.2, at least 2.5, at least 3, at least 3.5, up to 7.5, up to 7, between 1.8 and 7.5, between 2 and 7.5, or between 3.5 and 7.5, such as at least 1.9, at least 3.6, or at least 7.4.
  • the reactor contains a catalyst therein.
  • the catalyst is generally in the form of a solid.
  • Catalysts suitable for upcycling the waste material generally include a transition metal, optionally more than one transition metal.
  • transition metal refers to a single transition metal or a transition metal that is an element in a compound, such as metal oxide or metal carbide.
  • the catalyst is a transition metal, a mixture of two or more metals containing at least one transition metal, a metal oxide of a transition metal, or a metal carbide of a transition metal, or a combination thereof.
  • the transition metal of the catalyst acts as the catalytic active sites that react with the hydrocarbon polymer of the waste material.
  • the hydrocarbon polymer and transition metal of the catalyst has a ratio (by mass) in a range from 20 to 200, from 30 to 200, from 30 to 150, from 35 to 200, or from 35 to 150, such as about 120. 13 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT a.
  • the catalyst is or contains a transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten.
  • the catalyst is or contains platinum.
  • the catalyst is or contains a mixture of two or more metals containing a transition metal, such as a bimetallic or a trimetallic.
  • the catalyst is a mixture of two or more metals and each metal in the mixture of metals is a transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten.
  • the catalyst is a bimetallic of platinum and cobalt.
  • the catalyst is or contains a mixture of two or more metals containing a first group of transition metal(s) and a second group of metal(s).
  • the first group of transition metals in the mixture of metals contains one or more transition metals, and each of the first group metals is platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickle, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten.
  • the second group of metal(s) in the mixture of metals contains one or more metals that are different from the metals of the first group, and each of the second group metals can be a transition metal or a non-transition metal.
  • each of the second group metals is different from each of the transition metals in the first group and is rhenium, tin, lead, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, manganese, or zinc.
  • the mixture of metals is a bimetallic containing platinum and rhenium or platinum and tin.
  • the mixture of meals is a trimetallic, and optionally contains platinum, rhenium, and tin.
  • the catalyst is or contains a metal oxide of a transition metal.
  • the metal oxide can contain a single transition metal or a mixture of two or more metals where at least one of the mixture of metals is a transition metal.
  • the catalyst is a metal oxide of a single transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten.
  • the catalyst is or contains a metal oxide of a mixture of two or more metals and each metal in the mixture of metals is a transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten.
  • the catalyst is or contains a metal oxide of a mixture of two or more metals containing a first group of transition metal(s) and a second group of metal(s) as described above.
  • the catalyst is or contains a metal oxide having a perovskite structure.
  • the catalyst is a metal oxide of a transition metal, such as titanium, niobium, iron, or 14 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT zirconium, and the catalyst further contains calcium and/or sodium, where the elements of the metal oxide are arranged in a way such that it has the same type of crystal structure as CaTiO3.
  • the catalyst is or contains a metal carbide of a transition metal.
  • the metal carbide can contain a single transition metal or a mixture of two or more metals where at least one of the mixture of metals is a transition metal.
  • the catalyst is a metal carbide of a single transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten.
  • the metal carbide is molybdenum carbide or tungsten carbide.
  • the catalyst is or contains a metal carbide of a mixture of two or more metals and each metal in the mixture of metals is a transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten.
  • the catalyst is a metal carbide of a mixture of two or more metals containing a first group of transition metal(s) and a second group of metal(s) described above.
  • more than one catalyst is used in the process. Any catalysts described above may be used.
  • the reactor contains more than one metal oxide described above therein. Each of the metal oxides in the reactor contains a transition metal that is different from the other.
  • the reactor contains more than one metal carbide described above therein.
  • Each of the metal carbides in the reactor contains a transition metal that is different from the other.
  • the reactor contains a metal oxide and a metal carbide therein. The metal oxide in the reactor contains a transition metal that is different from the metal carbide. d.
  • the catalyst can be in a variety of suitable forms, such as atoms, nanoclusters, nanoparticles, or a combination thereof.
  • the nanoclusters can have an average diameter of up to 2 nm, up to 1.5 nm, up to 1 nm, in a range from 0.5 nm to 2 nm, from 0.5 nm to 1.5 nm, from 0.5 nm to 1 nm, or from 1 nm to 2 nm.
  • the nanoparticles can have an average diameter of up to 50 nm, up to 20 nm, up to 10 nm, up to 5 nm, at least 2 nm, in a range from 2 nm to 50 nm, from 2 nm to 45 nm, from 2 nm to 40 nm, from 2 nm to 35 nm, from 2 nm to 30 nm, from 2 nm to 25 nm, from 2 nm to 20 nm, from 2 nm to 15 nm, from 2 nm to 10 nm, or from 2 nm to 5 nm.
  • the catalyst is dispersed on the surface of a support to form a catalytic system.
  • the catalyst is dispersed on the surface of the support in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof.
  • the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles and the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of a silica-alumina support.
  • the support is generally understood to separate the catalyst atoms, nanoclusters, and/or nanoparticles apart and/or adsorb the hydrocarbon polymer(s), thereby improve the efficiency of the depolymerization reaction.
  • some supports such as acidic support materials or acid-modified support materials, can be included in the catalytic system to increase the efficiency of the catalyst therein.
  • a catalytic reaction using a catalytic system that includes an acidic support produces a liquid product with a similar or higher alkylbenzene yield and a similar or higher alkylbenzene selectivity relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product, in a shorter time period, compared to the same catalytic reaction using a catalytic system that does not include the acidic support, under the same reaction conditions.
  • the term “same reaction conditions” means that the catalytic reaction is performed under the same temperature, same pressure, same atmosphere, etc.
  • these support materials are catalytic on their own.
  • more than one support is used for forming a catalytic system with the catalyst.
  • the catalyst is dispersed on the surface of at least one of the supports in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof.
  • the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles and the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of a first support; the platinum nanoparticles dispersed first support is mixed with a second support that is different from the first support to form the catalytic system.
  • the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles and the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of a first support and the surface of a second support that is different from the first support; the platinum nanoparticles dispersed first support and second support are mixed to form the catalytic system.
  • a first catalyst can be dispersed on the surface of at least one of the supports in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof
  • a second catalyst can be dispersed on the surface of at least one of the supports that is different from the support having the first catalyst dispersed thereon, in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof.
  • a first catalyst is platinum nanoparticles and the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of a first support and a second catalyst that is different from the first catalyst is dispersed on the surface of a second support that is different from the first support.
  • the weight percentage of each support in the catalytic system is selected based on the specific catalyst and the material of each support.
  • a first support having platinum nanoparticles dispersed thereon is mixed with a second support without any catalyst dispersed therein, where the second support is different from the first support.
  • the weight percentage of the second support in the catalytic system is in a range from 2% to 90%, from 2% to 50%, from 2% to 35%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 30%, from 15% to 40%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 40%, or from 20% to 35%, such as about 20% or about 33%, with the balance of the components in the catalytic system being the weight of first support and the weight of the catalyst dispersed thereon.
  • the material for the support is chemically stable when subject to the operating conditions of the reactor for the depolymerization of the waste material.
  • the material for the support does not react with common chemicals (e.g., hydrogen gas, saturated C1-C5 alkane, benzene, or toluene, etc.) at the reaction temperature and pressure and for a period of time described herein.
  • the material for the support does not react with common chemicals (e.g., hydrogen gas, saturated C1-C5 alkane, benzene, or toluene, etc.) at a temperature of 500 °C or less and under a pressure in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm.
  • suitable materials for the support include, but are not limited to, oxide compounds, halogenated oxide compounds, metal carbides, metal phosphates, and carbon-based materials, and acid modified oxides, metal carbides, metal phosphates, and carbon-based materials.
  • the material for the support is a different material than the transition metal or mixture of metals in the catalyst.
  • the material for the support is an oxide compound, such as a metal oxide or a non-metal oxide.
  • the oxide compound for the support is silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide (e.g. ⁇ -alumina, amorphous alumina, etc.), halogenated alumina, such as Cl-alumina and F-alumina, silica-aluminum oxide, silica (e.g.
  • silica gel, mesoporous silica, etc. acid-modified silica, CeO 2 , acid-modified CeO 2 , TiO 2 , acid-modified TiO 2 , WO 3 , MoO 3 , Re 2 O 7 , a perovskite, 17 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT clays (dealuminated clays, clays modified with organic or inorganic acids, clays ion exchanged with H + , NH4 + , Fe 3+ , Na + , etc.), or a zeolite (e.g.
  • the oxide compound for the support is silica- aluminum oxide.
  • acids that are suitable for modifying the above-mentioned support materials include, but are not limited to, Keggin-type heteropoly acid (H3PW12O40, H4SiW12O40, etc.) and their acidic salt thereof (e.g., Cs 2.5 H 0.5 PW 12 O 40 , etc.).
  • Keggin-type heteropoly acid H 3 PW 12 O 40 , H 4 SiW 12 O 40 , etc.
  • an acidic salt thereof e.g., Cs 2.5 H 0.5 PW 12 O 40 , etc.
  • the material for the support is a metal carbide.
  • the metal carbide forming the support is any metal carbide described above, such as molybdenum carbide or tungsten carbide.
  • the material for the support is a metal phosphate.
  • the metal phosphate forming the support can contain a transition metal or a mixture of metals described above for metal oxides.
  • the material for the support is a carbon-based material.
  • a carbon-based material generally refers to a material where the number of carbon atoms are at least 50% of the total number of atoms in the material.
  • suitable carbon-based materials for the support include, but are not limited to, graphite, graphite oxide, activated carbon, carbon nanotubes, carbon nanosheet, graphene, and graphene oxide, and an acid modified version thereof, or a combination thereof.
  • Suitable acids for modifying these carbon-based materials can be any of the inorganic acids described above, such as Keggin-type heteropoly acid (H3PW12O40, H4SiW12O40, etc.) and their acidic salt thereof (e.g. Cs2.5H0.5PW12O40, etc.).
  • the material for the support is a Keggin-type heteropoly acid (H3PW12O40, H4SiW12O40, etc.) or an acidic salt of the Keggin-type heteropoly acid (Cs2.5H0.5PW12O40, etc.).
  • the material for the support may be catalytic or non-catalytic.
  • the support is formed from a catalytic material that can participate in the depolymerization reaction.
  • the catalytic material for the support may be a transition metal, a mixture of metals 18 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT containing at least one transition metal, a metal oxide containing a transition metal, or a metal carbide containing a transition metal as described above ass suitable materials for the catalyst.
  • the catalytic material for the support is different from the metal in the catalyst.
  • the material for the support is a material that does not participate in the depolymerization reaction, such as silica oxide or a carbon-based material.
  • the material for the support is ⁇ -alumina or silica-alumina.
  • the material for the support is an acidic material.
  • the acidic material is strong enough to protonate pyridine, as determined by known methods. Whether a given material is able to protonate pyridine, and therefore considered to be an acidic material can be shown using the following test. First, the material is dehydrated at about 400°C under vacuum; then the dehydrated material is dosed with an excess of pyridine vapor at room temperature, followed by desorption, typically at about 150°C under vacuum for suitable time period, such as about 20 minutes. If the IR spectra of the resulting material shows a peak at 1545 cm -1 , strong Br ⁇ nsted acid sites are present, and thus demonstrates its acidity for protonating pyridine.
  • suitable acidic materials that can be used for the support include, but are not limited to, halogenated oxide compounds (e.g. Cl- alumina and F-alumina), WO3, MoO3, Re2O7, acid modified oxide compounds, such as acid-modified zeolites, silica, CeO 2 , TiO 2 , clays, etc., and acid modified carbon-based materials (e.g. acid-modified activated carbon, carbon nanotubes, graphene, etc.), where the acid can be any of the acids described above.
  • halogenated oxide compounds e.g. Cl- alumina and F-alumina
  • WO3, MoO3, Re2O7 acid modified oxide compounds
  • acid modified oxide compounds such as acid-modified zeolites, silica, CeO 2 , TiO 2 , clays, etc.
  • acid modified carbon-based materials e.g. acid-modified activated carbon, carbon nanotubes, graphene, etc.
  • the weight percentage of the halogen in the support can be in a range from 0.1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 3%, from 0.5% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1.5%, such as about 0.7% or about 1.3%.
  • the weight percentage of the support in the catalytic system is in a range from 90% to 99.9%, from 90% to 99.8%, from 90% to 99.5%, from 90% to 99%, from 98% to 99.9%, from 98% to 99.8%, from 98% to 99.5%, from 98% to 99%, from 98.5% to 99.9%, from 98.5% to 99.8%, from 98.5% to 99.5%, or from 99% to 99.9%, with the balance of the components in the catalytic system being the weight of the catalyst dispersed thereon.
  • At least one of the supports is an acidic support as described above, such as a halogenated oxide compound (e.g., Cl-alumina and F-alumina).
  • the catalyst can be 19 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT dispersed on the surface of the acidic support(s) and/or on the surface of the support material that is different from the acidic support(s).
  • a first support is ⁇ -alumina or silica-alumina having the catalyst dispersed thereon and a second support is an acidic support as described above, such as F-alumina, that does not have the catalyst dispersed thereon.
  • the weight percentage of the acidic support in the catalyst system is in a range from 2% to 90%, from 2% to 50%, from 2% to 35%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 30%, from 15% to 40%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 40%, or from 20% to 35%, such as about 20% or about 33%, with the balance of the components in the catalytic system being the weight of the first support and the weight of the catalyst dispersed thereon.
  • a first support is ⁇ -alumina or silica alumina having the catalyst dispersed thereon and a second support is an acidic support as described above, such as F-alumina, that also has the catalyst dispersed thereon.
  • the weight percentage of the acidic support in the catalyst system is in a range from 2% to 90%, from 2% to 50%, from 2% to 35%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 30%, from 15% to 40%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 40%, or from 20% to 35%, such as about 20% or about 33%, with the balance of the components in the catalytic system being the weight of the first support and the weight of the catalyst dispersed on the first and second supports.
  • the catalyst dispersed on the first support can be the same as or different from the catalyst that is dispersed on the second support. b.
  • the support has a surface area having a dimension sufficiently large to allow the catalyst to be dispersed hereon.
  • any surface that the reactants are able to contact is typically included.
  • Surface area of the support can be measured by techniques known in the art, for example, by nitrogen physisorption.
  • the support has a surface area of at least 50 m 2 g -1 , at least 100 m 2 g -1 , at least 150 m 2 g -1 , at least 500 m 2 g -1 , in a range from 50 m 2 g -1 to 1000 m 2 g -1 , from 50 m 2 g -1 to 900 m 2 g -1 , from 50 m 2 g- 1 to 800 m 2 g -1 , from 50 m 2 g -1 to 700 m 2 g -1 , from 50 m 2 g -1 to 600 m 2 g -1 , from 50 m 2 g -1 to 500 m 2 g -1 , from 100 m 2 g -1 to 1000 m 2 g -1 , from 100 m 2 g -1 to 800 m 2 g -1 , from 100 m 2 g -1 to 600 m 2 g -1 , or from 150 m 2 g -1 to ,
  • the support has a surface area of at least 150 m 2 g -1 , such as 186 m 2 g -1 or 573 m 2 g -1 . 20 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT
  • the support can be in a form of a mesoporous sheet or microparticles, or a combination thereof.
  • the support can be in the form of aluminum oxide microparticles.
  • the support can be in the form of a carbon sheet (e.g., graphene sheet), carbon powders, carbon particles, or carbon nanoparticles (e.g., carbon nanotubes).
  • the support is generally understood to stabilize the metal atoms, nanoclusters, and/or nanoparticles that are one active phase of the catalyst by slowing their aggregation, and/or to adsorb the hydrocarbon polymer(s).
  • the accessible active surface area of the catalyst is increased prior to reaction and mostly preserved during reaction, thereby improving the efficiency of the depolymerization reaction.
  • the catalyst is a metal or a mixture of metals dispersed on the support in the form of atoms, each atom is displaced a distance or different distances from the other atoms of the metal or mixture of metals.
  • each nanocluster is displaced a distance or different distances from the other nanoclusters of the catalyst.
  • each nanoparticle is displaced a distance or different distances from the other nanoparticles of the catalyst.
  • the dispersion of the catalyst on the support can be measured by methods known in the art, such as by CO chemisorption using a Micrometrics Autochem ii 2920.
  • Weight Loading Generally, the total weight loading of the one or more metals of the catalyst is present on the support in an amount less than 10 wt% of the total weight of the catalyst and the support.
  • ICP-OES Inductively-Coupled Plasma – Optical Emission Spectrometry
  • the total weight loading of the metals present in the catalyst on the support is calculated as the sum of the weights of the transition metals in the catalyst divided by the sum of the weight of the support plus the weights of the transition metals and non-transition metals multiplied by 100.
  • the total weight loading of the metals present in the catalyst on the support is simply calculated as the weight of the transition metal in the catalyst divided by the sum of the weight of the support plus the weight of the transition metal multiplied by 100.
  • the total weight loading of the metals present in the catalyst on the support is calculated as the sum of the weights of transition metals and non-transition metals in the 21 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT catalyst divided by the sum of the weight of the support plus the weights of the transition metals and non-transition metals multiplied by 100.
  • the total weight loading of the one or more metals of the catalyst is present on the support in an amount of less than 10 wt%, less than 8 wt%, less than 5 wt%, less than 4.5 wt%, less than 4 wt%, less than 3.5 wt%, less than 3 wt%, less than 2.5 wt%, less than 2 wt%, less than 1.5 wt%, less than 1 wt%, in a range of from 0.1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.2 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 5 wt%, from 1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 1 wt% to 8 wt%, from 1 wt% to 5 wt%
  • the disclosed catalysts may be prepared using the methods described in Garcia and Goto, Mater. Trans., 44(9):1717-1728 (2003).
  • the reactor is operated at a sufficient temperature, under a sufficient H 2 pressure, and for a sufficient period of time, to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to a product.
  • the hydrocarbon polymer is converted to the product via depolymerization reactions.
  • the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) is performed under stirring using methods known in the art, such as magnetic stirring.
  • the product contains a liquid and the liquid contains an alkylbenzene compound, optionally more than one alkylbenzene compound.
  • the liquid product also contains other aromatic compounds, such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or one or more polyaromatic compounds.
  • the liquid product in addition to the alkylbenzene compound(s) and optionally the other aromatic compound(s), the liquid product also contains one or more alkanes and/or one or more non-aromatic unsaturated compounds (such as olefins).
  • the alkylbenzene compound(s), other aromatic compound(s) (when present), alkane(s) (when present), and non- aromatic unsaturated compounds (when present) in the liquid product each contains from 7 to 40 carbon atoms.
  • the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 22 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%.
  • the mass selectivity of alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product is calculated as the sum of the weights of the alkylbenzene compound(s) in the liquid product relative to the sum of the weights of all aromatic compounds in the liquid product, which includes alkylbenzene compound(s) and other aromatic compound(s) that is/are not an alkylbenzene compound, as a percentage.
  • the selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) is simply 100%.
  • the reactor is operated at a low temperature, such as less than or equal to 500 °C, optionally less than or equal to 450 °C, less than or equal to 400 °C, less than or equal to 350 °C, or less than or equal to 300 °C.
  • the process includes, prior to step (ii), preheating the reactor to the depolymerization temperature in step (ii). 1. Hydrogen gas pressure
  • the reactor can be operated under a constant H2 pressure or varied H2 pressures for the duration of the depolymerization reaction to form the liquid product containing alkylbenzene compound(s).
  • the constant H 2 pressure or the first H 2 pressure (when varied H 2 pressures are used) in the reactor can be achieved by feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i), feeding the waste material into the reactor, or after step (i) and prior to the step of operating the reactor to depolymerize the waste material contained in the reactor.
  • the H 2 pressure under which the reactor operates may be measured immediately prior to the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) or during step (ii).
  • hydrogen gas is fed into the reactor 10 via a hydrogen gas stream 300 simultaneously or substantially simultaneously with feeding the waste material, or subsequent to feeding the waste material and prior to the depolymerization reaction.
  • the desired H 2 pressure for performing depolymerization reaction of the plastic waste material is achieved in the reactor.
  • the hydrogen gas is purified prior to being fed into the reactor.
  • Methods for purifying hydrogen gas are known, for example, by passing through 13X molecular sieves to remove water and BTS catalyst to remove oxygen.
  • the H 2 pressure(s) under which the reactor is operated is effective to achieve the above-described alkylbenzene mass selectivity, i.e., an alkylbenzene mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.
  • the reactor operates under a constant H 2 pressure in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm for depolymerizing a plastic waste material contained therein, and the liquid product obtained from the depolymerization reaction contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.
  • the reactor operates under two different H 2 pressures, such as a first P(H 2 ) ranging from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, and a second P(H 2 ) ranging from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm for depolymerizing a plastic waste material contained therein, and the liquid product obtained from the depolymerization reaction contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.
  • a first P(H 2 ) ranging from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm
  • a second P(H 2 ) ranging from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm,
  • the reactor operates under three different H 2 pressures, such as a first P(H 2 ) ranging from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm; a second P(H 2 ) ranging from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm; and a third P(H2) ranging from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5atm to 12 atm, or from 5 atm to 10 atm, for depolymerizing a plastic waste material contained therein, and the liquid product obtained from the depolymerization reaction contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.
  • a first P(H 2 ) ranging from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5
  • step (ii) the reactor is operated under a constant H2 pressure to form the product.
  • hydrogen gas may be fed into the reactor during step (ii), one or more times, to maintain the constant P(H2).
  • P(H2) can be measured continuously or at regular intervals during the depolymerization reaction such that the desired P(H2) is maintained during the reaction.
  • the P(H2) in the reactor is maintained during the reaction in step (ii) at a value ranging from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm, such as 8 atm.
  • step (ii) the reactor is operated under two or more different H2 pressures to form the product.
  • step (ii) of the process includes step (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H 2 ) to 24 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, and after step (iia), step (iib) operating the reactor under a second P(H2) to form the product.
  • the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2).
  • the first P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm
  • the second P(H2) ranges from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm.
  • the process can further include in step (iib) removing hydrogen gas from the reactor to provide the second P(H 2 ).
  • the plastic waste material contained therein is depolymerized to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer having lower weight average molecular weight (Mw).
  • the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers are measured continuously or at regular intervals during step (iia) under the first P(H 2 ) to determine the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fragments.
  • Methods for measuring the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers to determine Mw during step (iia) are known. For example, a sample of the hydrocarbon polymer fragments is obtained from the reactor continuously or periodically and subject to measurement and analysis using a suitable instrument, such as NMR, Mass- spectrometry, etc.
  • the P(H2) in the reactor is lowered to the second P(H 2 ), such as by removing the hydrogen gas from the reactor.
  • the reactor is operated under the second P(H2), the liquid product that contains alkylbenzene compound(s) is formed.
  • the second P(H 2 ) can be 0.
  • the reactor in step (iib) is operated under a pressure by an inert gas, such as an argon pressure.
  • the inert gas pressure can range from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm.
  • step (iib) of the process includes step (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H 2 ) to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, after step (iia), step (iib) operating the reactor under a second P(H2) to form aromatic compounds, and after step (iib), step (iic) operating the reactor at a third P(H 2 ) to form the product.
  • the second P(H 2 ) is lower 25 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT than the first P(H 2 ), and the third P(H 2 ) is higher than the second P(H 2 ).
  • the first P(H2) and second P(H2) each are in a range as described above; and the third P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5atm to 12 atm, or from 5 atm to 10 atm.
  • step (iib) The reaction under the first P(H2), methods for determining the reaction stage for pressure change, and methods for adjusting H2 pressure from the first P(H2) to the second P(H2) and optionally providing an inert gas pressure in step (iib) are as described above.
  • aromatic compounds that contain alkylbenzenes, polyaromatics, etc. are formed.
  • the aromatic compounds is measured continuously or at regular intervals to determine the total yield of the aromatic compounds. Methods for measuring the aromatic compounds to determine their total yield during step (iib) are known.
  • a sample of the aromatic compounds is obtained from the reactor continuously or periodically and subject to measurement and analysis using a suitable instrument, such as 1 H NMR spectroscopy combined with gas chromatography. More specific methods for measuring and analyzing a sample of the aromatic compounds to determine their total yield are described in the Examples below. Generally, when the total yield of the aromatic compounds obtained under the second P(H 2 ) reach a plateau, the P(H 2 ) in the reactor is increased to provide the third P(H 2 ) in step (iic), such as by feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor.
  • the inert gas can be removed from the reactor using any suitable method and hydrogen gas can be fed into the reactor simultaneously with or subsequently to the inert gas removal process.
  • the flow of hydrogen gas into the reactor can replace any inert gas remained in the reactor and thereby remove the inert gas from the reactor.
  • the reactor can be pressurized with H 2 without removing the inert gas from the reactor.
  • the third P(H2) used for operating the reactor in step (iic) can convert the polyaromatics in the aromatic compounds formed in step (iib) to alkylbenzenes and thereby increase the yield of alkylbenzenes and remove undesired polyaromatics in the product.
  • An exemplary upcycling process which includes the steps of (i) feeding a waste material containing hydrocarbon polymer(s) into a reactor; and (ii) operating the reactor at a sufficient temperature, under a sufficient H 2 pressure, and for a sufficient period of time to convert the 26 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT hydrocarbon polymer to a product, is schematically illustrated in Figure 12.
  • the process for upcycling a waste material typically includes feeding the plastic waste material containing one or more hydrocarbon polymer(s) into a reactor 10 via waste material stream 100.
  • the reactor 10 contains a catalyst therein. The catalyst is fed into the reactor via the catalyst stream 200.
  • Hydrogen gas is fed into the reactor 10 via the hydrogen gas stream 300.
  • the hydrogen gas can be fed into the reactor simultaneously or subsequent to feeding the waste material into the reactor 10.
  • a reagent/solvent is fed into the reactor 10 via reagent stream 210.
  • the catalyst and optionally the reagent/solvent can be fed into the reactor 10 prior to, simultaneously, or subsequent to feeding the waste material into the reactor 10.
  • the waste material is in contact with the catalyst in the reactor 10, and the reactor is under a sufficient H 2 pressure for the depolymerization reaction to form a product.
  • the H 2 pressure in reactor 10 can be maintained at a constant value or varied.
  • hydrogen gas in the reactor can be removed from the reactor such as via the gas stream 300 to lower the H2 pressure in reactor during the reaction. Additionally and alternatively, hydrogen gas can be added into the reactor optionally via the gas stream 300 to increase the H2 pressure in reactor during the reaction. The hydrogen gas addition and/or removal process can be repeated one or more times.
  • an inert gas can be fed into the reactor 10 via an inert gas stream (not shown in Figure 12) to adjust the H2 pressure in the reactor.
  • hydrogen can be removed from the reactor 10 via the gas stream 300 or a separate gas outlet, and an inert gas can be fed into the reactor to achieve a suitable inert gas pressure.
  • the reactor 10 is heated via heating path 220 to a sufficient temperature and maintained at this temperature for a sufficient period of time to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to the product stream 110, which contains a liquid and optionally a wax.
  • the liquid and wax can be separated by passing the mixture through a separation unit 20.
  • the liquid of the product stream 110 contains an alkylbenzene compound or more than one alkylbenzene compound.
  • the liquid of the product stream 110 also contains other aromatic compounds (such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or one or more polyaromatic compounds), one or more alkanes, and/or one or more non-aromatic unsaturated compounds (such as one or more olefins), in addition to the alkylbenzene compound(s).
  • aromatic compounds such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or one or more polyaromatic compounds
  • alkanes such as one or more alkanes
  • non-aromatic unsaturated compounds such as one or more olefins
  • gas products also exit the reactor. Additionally, some unreacted solid waste may remain.
  • the solid waste can be removed from the reactor 10 via the organic solid stream 130.
  • the gas product containing hydrogen gas and/or a short-chain hydrocarbon(s), such as a saturated C1-C5 alkane, benzene, or toluene, or a combination thereof exits the reactor via gas stream 120.
  • the product stream 110 is fed to a separation unit 20 where the liquid and optionally the wax is separated into short-chain (i.e.
  • alkylaromatic compound stream 113 contains one or more alkylbenzene compounds and optionally one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds.
  • alkylpolyaromatic compounds when alkylpolyaromatic compounds are present in the product stream 110, the alkylpolyaromatic compounds can be separated from the alkylbenzene compounds by passing through the separation unit such that the alkylaromatic compound stream 113 only contains the alkylbenzene compounds, or the alkylaromatic compound stream 113 containing alkylbenzene compounds and alkylpolyaromatic compounds are further separated to produce an alkylbenzene stream. 3.
  • product containing a liquid also referred to herein as “liquid product”
  • optionally a wax is formed.
  • the product containing a liquid and optionally a wax is identified as stream 110 in Figure 12.
  • the wax (when present) in the product contains long chain alkanes with a carbon number from 41 to 100 and optionally can become a flowable liquid when heated to a temperature of at least 45 ⁇ C.
  • the liquid product contains an alkylbenzene compound, optionally more than one alkylbenzene compound.
  • the liquid product contains a mixture of two alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of three alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of four alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of five alkylbenzene compounds, and or a mixture of more than five different alkylbenzene compounds.
  • the liquid product contains other aromatic compounds that are not alkylbenzene compounds (such as alkylpolyaromatic compounds and polyaromatic compounds), alkanes (e.g., alkanes with carbon numbers ranging 28 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT from 7 to 40), and/or non-aromatic unsaturated compounds, such as olefins with carbon numbers ranging from 7 to 40.
  • alkylbenzene compounds such as alkylpolyaromatic compounds and polyaromatic compounds
  • alkanes e.g., alkanes with carbon numbers ranging 28 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT from 7 to 40
  • non-aromatic unsaturated compounds such as olefins with carbon numbers ranging from 7 to 40.
  • the liquid product includes xylene, ethylbenzene, propylbenzene, tetramethylbenzene, or butylbenzene, or a combination thereof, and the mass selectivity of these alkylbenzene compounds is at least 15% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.
  • a. Alkylbenzene compounds The liquid product contains an alkylbenzene compound, and optionally contains more than one alkylbenzene compound.
  • the liquid product contains a mixture of two alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of three alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of four alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of five alkylbenzene compounds, and or a mixture of more than five different alkylbenzene compounds.
  • the alkylbenzene compounds can be separated from the other compounds in the product, such as alkylpolyaromatic compounds, polyaromatic compounds, C7-C40 alkanes, and/or C7-C40 olefins in the liquid and optionally C41-C100 alkanes in the wax, in the product stream by passing through a separation unit.
  • the separation unit 20 separates the compounds in the product stream 110 to produce an alkylaromatic compound(s) stream 113 that predominantly contains alkylbenzene compound(s) (such as ⁇ 99% by weight).
  • the alkylaromatic stream 113 contains both alkylbenzene compound(s) and alkylpolyaromatic compound(s), which are further separated to produce an alkylbenzene stream.
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product contains at least 7 carbon atoms and up to 40 carbon atoms, such as in a range from 10 to 30 carbon atoms.
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mw less than 800 g mol -1 , less than 750 g mol -1 , less than 700 g mol -1 , less than 650 g mol -1 , less than 600 g mol -1 , less than 550 g mol -1 , less than 500 g mol -1 , at least 300 g mol -1 , at least 200 g mol -1 , at least 150 g mol -1 , in a range of from 150 g mol -1 to 800 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 800 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 600 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 500 g mol- 1, from 200 g mol -1 to 400 g mol -1 , or from 200 g mol -1 to 400 g mol -1 .
  • the 29 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mw ranging from 200 g mol -1 to 400 g mol -1 .
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mn less than 700 g mol -1 , less than 650 g mol -1 , less than 600 g mol -1 , less than 550 g mol -1 , less than 500 g mol -1 , at least 300 g mol -1 , at least 200 g mol -1 , at least 150 g mol -1 , in a range of from 150 g mol -1 to 700 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 700 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 600 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 500 g mol -1 , from 300 g mol -1 to 700 g mol -1 , from 300 g mol -1 to 600 g mol -1 , from 300 g mol -1 to 500 g mol -1 , or from 200 g g
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mn ranging from 200 g mol -1 to 400 g mol -1 .
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mw or Mn that is at least 5-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant) in the waste material before depolymerization, at least 10-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 15-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 20-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 25-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 30-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 35-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 40-times less than the Mw or Mn that is
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mw at least 5-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant) of the waste material before depolymerization, at least 10-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon 30 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT polymer (reactant), at least 20-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 50-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 100-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 150-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), or at least 200-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant).
  • UCSB 2023-99M PCT polymer (reactant) at least 20-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (react
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mn at least 5-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant) of the waste material before depolymerization, at least 10-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 20-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 50-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 100-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 150-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), or at least 200-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant).
  • the dispersity (polydispersity index, PDI) of the distribution of the molecular weight of the alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product is smaller than the dispersity of the distribution of the molecular weight of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant) prior to depolymerization.
  • the alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a dispersity of less than 4.0, less than 3.5, less than 3.0, less than 2.5, less than 2.0, less than 1.5, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, between 1.1 and 1.5, between 1.1 and 1.4, between 1.1 and 1.3, between 1.1 and 1.2, or between 1.0 and 1.1. iii.
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product can contain two alkyl groups, three alkyl groups, four alkyl groups, five alkyl groups, or six alkyl groups, attached to the benzene ring.
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product can contain two alkyl groups, three alkyl groups, or four alkyl groups, attached to the benzene ring.
  • the alkyl group of the alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product can be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the alkyl group of the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product can be a linear C1-C20 alkyl, a branched C4-C20 alkyl, or a cyclic C 3 -C 20 alkyl, optionally, a linear C 1 -C 15 alkyl, a branched C 4 -C 15 alkyl, or a cyclic C 3 -C 15 alkyl, optionally a linear C1-C12 alkyl, a branched C4-C12 alkyl, or a cyclic C3-C12 alkyl, optionally a 31 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT linear C 1 -C 10 alkyl, a branched C 4 -C 10 alkyl, or a cyclic C 3 -C 10 alkyl, optionally a linear C 1 -C 5 alkyl, a branched
  • the alkyl group of the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product is a linear C1-C20, C1-C15, C1-C12, C1-C10, C1-C8, C1-C5, C2-C20, C2-C15, C2-C12, C2-C10, C2-C8, C2-C5, C3-C20, C3-C15, C3-C12, C3-C10, C3-C8, C3-C5, C4-C20, C 4 -C 15 , C 4 -C 12 , C 4 -C 10 , C 4 -C 8 , C 4 -C 5 , C 5 -C 20 , C 5 -C 15 , C 5 -C 12 , C 5 -C 10 , or C 5 -C 8 alkyl group.
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product contains one, two, three, four, or five alkyl groups attached to the benzene ring of the alkylbenzene compound.
  • the alkyl groups can be arranged at any suitable relative positions.
  • the second alkyl group may be at the ortho-, para-, or meta- position relative to the first alkyl group.
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a structure of Formula (I).
  • R1-R6 are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group (such as a C1-C20 alkyl group, a C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group), and wherein at least one of R 1 -R 6 is an alkyl group.
  • R1-R6 of Formula (I) is/are a linear C 1 -C 20 alkyl group, a branched C 4 -C 20 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C20 alkyl group, a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a branched C4-C15 alkyl group, a cyclic C 3 -C 15 alkyl group, a linear C 1 -C 12 alkyl group, a branched C 4 -C 12 alkyl group, a cyclic C 1 -C 12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a branched C4-C10 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a branched C4-C8 alkyl group, a branched C4-C8 alkyl group, a
  • R1-R6 of Formula (I) is/are a linear C1-C20 alkyl group, a branched C4-C20 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C20 alkyl group, a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a branched C4-C15 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C 1 -C 12 alkyl group, a branched C 4 -C 12 alkyl group, a cyclic C 1 -C 12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a branched C4-C10 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C 1 -C 8 alkyl group, a branched C 4 -C 8 alkyl group, a cyclic C 3 -C 8
  • R 1 -R 6 of Formula (I) are independently -CH2R, wherein R is hydrogen, a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a branched C 4 -C 15 alkyl group, a cyclic C 3 -C 15 alkyl group, a linear C 1 -C 12 alkyl group, a branched C4-C12 alkyl group, a cyclic C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a branched C 4 -C 10 alkyl group, a cyclic C 3 -C 10 alkyl group, a linear C 1 -C 8 alkyl group, a branched C4-C8 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, a branched C4
  • R1-R6 of Formula (I) are independently -CH 2 R, wherein R is hydrogen, a linear C 1 -C 15 alkyl group, a branched C4-C15 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a branched C 4 -C 12 alkyl group, a cyclic C 1 -C 12 alkyl group, a linear C 1 -C 10 alkyl group, a branched C4-C10 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a branched C4-C8 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, a branched C4-C6 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, a branched C4-C6 alkyl
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a structure of: , where each R is independently hydrogen, a C 1 -C 15 alkyl group, a C 1 -C 12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group, such as a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a branched C4- C 15 alkyl group, a cyclic C 3 -C 15 alkyl group, a linear C 1 -C 12 alkyl group, a branched C 4 -C 12 alkyl group, a cyclic C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a branched C4-C10 alkyl group, a cyclic C 3 -C 10 alkyl group, a linear C 1 -C 15 alkyl group, a branched C4-C10 alkyl group, a
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has the structure of Formula (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), (IV’’), (V), (V’), or (V’’), where R is as defined above.
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has the structure of Formula (II), (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), (IV’’), (IV’’), (IV’’), (V), (V’), or (V’’), where R is as defined above.
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has the structure of Formula (II), (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), or (IV’’), where R is as defined above.
  • the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has the structure of Formula (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), (IV’’), (V), (V’), (V’’), or (VI), where two R groups are independently a linear C 3 -C 15 alkyl group, a linear C 3 -C 12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C4-C15 alkyl group, a linear C 4 -C 12 alkyl group, a linear C 4 -C 10 alkyl group, or a linear C 4 -C 8 alkyl group, such as a linear C4 or a linear C5 alkyl group; and the other R group(s) is/are hydrogen.
  • each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has the structure of Formula (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), or (IV’’), where two R groups are independently a linear C 3 -C 15 alkyl group, a linear C 3 -C 12 alkyl group, a linear C 3 -C 10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C4-C15 alkyl group, a linear C4-C12 alkyl group, a linear C4-C10 alkyl group, or a linear C4-C8 alkyl group, such as a linear C4 or a linear C5 alkyl group; and the other R is hydrogen.
  • the liquid product can contain an alkylbenzene compound having the structure of Formula (III), (III’), or (III’’), where each R is independently a linear C 3 -C 15 alkyl group, a linear C3-C12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a 35 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT linear C 4 -C 15 alkyl group, a linear C 4 -C 12 alkyl group, a linear C 4 -C 10 alkyl group, or a linear C 4 - C8 alkyl group, such as a linear C4 or a linear C5 alkyl group.
  • each R is independently a linear C 3 -C 15 alkyl group, a linear C3-C12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a 35 456530
  • the liquid product can contain an alkylbenzene compound having the structure of Formula (IV), (IV’), or (IV’’), where two R groups are independently a linear C3- C15 alkyl group, a linear C3-C12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C 4 -C 15 alkyl group, a linear C 4 -C 12 alkyl group, a linear C 4 -C 10 alkyl group, or a linear C4-C8 alkyl group, such as a linear C4 or a linear C5 alkyl group; and the other R is hydrogen.
  • two R groups are independently a linear C3- C15 alkyl group, a linear C3-C12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C 4 -C 15 alkyl group, a linear C 4 -C 12 alky
  • the liquid product can contain an alkylbenzene compound having the .
  • the liquid product further contains one or more other aromatic compounds that are not alkylbenzene compounds (such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or one or more polyaromatic compounds), one or more alkanes, and/or one or more non-aromatic unsaturated compounds (such as olefins).
  • the product further contains a wax.
  • the wax typically contains long chain alkanes, i.e., C41- C100 alkanes. The presence of wax in the product typically indicates that the depolymerization reaction is not completed and can further proceed for a longer period of time to convert the wax to liquid.
  • the alkanes in the liquid product typically have a carbon number in a range from 7 to 40.
  • the alkylpolyaromatic compounds and polyaromatic compounds can each contain two aromatic rings, three aromatic rings, four aromatic rings, five aromatic rings, or six aromatic rings.
  • the alkylpolyaromatic compound in the liquid product is alkylnaphthalene, alkylanthracene, or alkylphenanthrene, or a combination thereof.
  • the alkylpolyaromatic compound in the liquid product is a partially hydrogenated analog of a polycyclic aromatic compound.
  • the alkylpolyaromatic compound in the liquid product is a partially hydrogenated analog of alkylnaphthalene, i.e., alkyltetralin.
  • the non- aromatic unsaturated compound in the liquid product can be an olefin.
  • Olefins are unsaturated hydrocarbons that contain at least one carbon-carbon double bond.
  • the olefin in the product can be linear, branched, or cyclic. 36 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT
  • the product further contains one or more polyaromatic compounds (e.g.
  • alkylpolyaromatic compounds e.g. alkylnaphthalene, alkylanthracene, alkylphenanthrene, or a partially hydrogenated analog thereof, such as alkyltetralin, or a combination thereof
  • C7-C40 alkanes e.g., a diene and/or a cycloalkene
  • the other aromatic compounds and non-aromatic unsaturated compounds can have a Mw or Mn as described above for the alkylbenzene compound.
  • the other aromatic compound(s), alkane(s), and/or non-aromatic unsaturated compounds in the liquid product, and/or the long-chain alkanes in the wax, when present, can be separated from the alkylbenzene compounds in the liquid product.
  • the product stream 110 containing a liquid and optionally a wax can be fed into a separation unit.
  • the separation unit 20 separates the liquid and optionally wax product stream 110 to produce a C6-C10 alkane and C6-C10 aromatic compound stream 111, an alkane stream 112 (e.g., a mixture of alkanes, such as alkanes with carbon numbers ranging from 11 to 80 or from 16 to 22), and an alkylaromatic stream 113.
  • the alkylaromatic stream 113 may contain predominantly alkylbenzene compound(s) or a mixture of alkylbenzene compound(s) and alkylpolyaromatic compound(s) that may be subjected to further separation to produce an alkylbenzene stream. 4.
  • Gas The process described herein may also produce other compounds that are not in the form of a liquid or wax.
  • depolymerization of the solid waste using the process described herein may also produce a gas.
  • the gas contains a saturated or unsaturated compound, optionally more than one saturated or unsaturated compound, such as a saturated C 1 -C 6 alkane, hydrogen, benzene, or toluene, or a combination thereof.
  • the saturated C1-C6 alkane in the produced gas can be linear, branched, or cyclic.
  • the saturated alkane is a linear C1-C6 saturated alkane, a branched C4-C6 saturated alkane, or a cyclic C3-C6 saturated alkane, optionally a linear C1-C6 saturated alkane, a branched C 4 -C 6 saturated alkane, or a cyclic C 3 -C 6 saturated alkane.
  • the gas produced from depolymerization of the solid waste contains C 1 -C 6 saturated alkanes, such as C3H8, norm-butane, iso-butane, norm-pentane, and/or pentane isomers (such as isopentane, neopentane). 5. Operating Conditions The reactor is operated at a suitable temperature, under a suitable H2 pressure, and for a period of time sufficient to convert the solid hydrocarbon polymer of the waste material to the product containing a liquid and optionally a wax.
  • the liquid contains one or more alkylbenzene compounds.
  • the liquid product further contains other aromatic compounds that are not alkylbenzene compounds, such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or polyaromatic compounds.
  • the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%.
  • a. Temperature, Pressure, and Period of time Typically, the operating temperature for the reactor is relatively low, for example, the operating temperature does not exceed 500 °C.
  • the temperature sufficient to convert the waste hydrocarbon polymer to the product that contains a liquid containing one or more alkylbenzene compounds is up to 500C ⁇ , up to 450 ⁇ C, up to 400 ⁇ C, up to 350 ⁇ C, up to 320C ⁇ , up to 300C ⁇ , up to 290 C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 500C ⁇ , between 250 C ⁇ and 450C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 400C ⁇ , between 300C ⁇ and 500 ⁇ C, between 320C ⁇ and 500 ⁇ C, between 300 ⁇ C and 450 ⁇ C, between 320 ⁇ C and 450 ⁇ C, between 300 ⁇ C and 400C ⁇ , between 300 C ⁇ and 360C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 350C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 350 ⁇ C, between 250C ⁇ and 320 ⁇ C, or between 250C ⁇ and 300C ⁇ , such as about 280 ⁇ C
  • the temperature is selected based on the hydrocarbon polymer(s) in the waste material, the catalyst, and/or the H2 pressure under which the reactor is operated. For example, when a Pt/silica-Al2O3 catalyst is used for depolymerization of the waste material, the temperature sufficient to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to the product is up to 350 ⁇ C, up to 320C ⁇ , up to 300 ⁇ C, up to 290C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 350C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 320C ⁇ , or between 250 ⁇ C and 300 ⁇ C, such as about 280°C.
  • the temperature sufficient to convert the hydrocarbon 38 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT polymer to the product is up to 350 ⁇ C, up to 320 ⁇ C, up to 300 ⁇ C, up to 290C ⁇ , between 250 ⁇ C and 350 ⁇ C, between 250 ⁇ C and 320C ⁇ , or between 250 ⁇ C and 300 ⁇ C, such as about 280°C.
  • the H2 pressure under which the reactor is operated for depolymerization of the plastic waste material is effective to produce the liquid product containing alkylbenzene compound(s) with an alkylbenzene mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.
  • the P(H 2 ) in the reactor can be in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm to depolymerize a plastic waste material contained therein, and the liquid product obtained from the depolymerization reaction contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.
  • the first P(H2) can be effective to depolymerize the plastic waste material contained therein and form fragments of hydrocarbon polymer
  • the second P(H2) can be effective to form the liquid product that contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.
  • the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2).
  • the P(H 2 ) in the reactor can be adjusted to the second, lower P(H2).
  • Operating the reactor under the second, lower P(H2) can form the liquid product containing alkylbenzene compound(s).
  • the first P(H 2 ) can range from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm
  • the second P(H 2 ) can range from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm.
  • the second P(H2) can be 0, such that the reactor is operated under an inert gas pressure, for example, an argon pressure ranging from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm.
  • the P(H2) under which the reactor is operated to form the liquid product is varied from a first P(H 2 ) to a second P(H 2 ) then to a third P(H 2 ).
  • the second P(H 2 ) is lower than the first P(H2), such as those described above, and the third P(H2) is higher than the second P(H 2 ).
  • the first high P(H 2 ) can break the long chain of the hydrocarbon polymer 39 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT of the waste and form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer having lower weight average molecular weight (Mw);
  • the second lower P(H2) can form a liquid containing aromatic compounds (which include alkylbenzenes, polyaromatics, etc.);
  • the third P(H2) can form the liquid product that contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.
  • the first P(H2) in the reactor can be adjusted to the lower, second P(H 2 ) when the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer obtained under the first P(H2) reach an average chain length of ⁇ 100 carbon atoms; and the second P(H 2 ) in the reactor can be adjusted to the higher, third P(H 2 ) when the total yield of the aromatic compounds reaches a plateau, such as determined using 1 H NMR spectroscopy combined with gas chromatography.
  • Operating the reactor under the third P(H 2 ) can suppress the formation of polyaromatics and further increase the formation of alkylbenzene compounds.
  • the first P(H 2 ) can range from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm
  • the second P(H 2 ) can range from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm
  • the third P(H 2 ) can range from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5atm to 12 atm, or from 5 atm to 10 atm.
  • the second P(H2) can be 0, such that the reactor is operated under an inert gas pressure, for example, an argon pressure ranging from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm.
  • an inert gas pressure for example, an argon pressure ranging from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm.
  • the period of time sufficient to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to the product is up to 24 hours, up to 6 hours, up to 5.5 hours, up to 5 hours, up to 4.5 hours, up to 4 hours, up to 3.5 hours, up to 3 hours, up to 2.5 hours, up to 2 hours, up to 1.5 hours, up to 1 hour, up to 55 minutes, up to 50 minutes, up to 45 minutes, up to 40 minutes, up to 35 minutes, up to 30 minutes, up to 25 minutes, up to 20 minutes, up to 15 minutes, up to 10 minutes, up to 5 minutes, in a range from 5 minutes to 6 hours, from 5 minutes to 5.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 5 hours, from 5 minutes to 4.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 4 hours, from 5 minutes to 3.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 3 hours, from 5 minutes to 2.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 2 hours, from 5 minutes to 1.5 hours, from 1 minute to 1 hour, from 5 minutes to 1 hour, from 10 minutes to 1 hour, from 15 minutes to 1 hour, from 20 minutes to 1 hour, from 30 minutes to 1 hour
  • the reactor can be operated under each hydrogen pressure for any of the time periods described above. 40 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT
  • the depolymerization reaction can be performed at a suitable temperature, such as up to 500 ⁇ C, up to 450 ⁇ C, up to 400C ⁇ , up to 380C ⁇ , up to 350C ⁇ , up to 320C ⁇ , up to 300 ⁇ C, up to 290C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 500C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 450C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 400 ⁇ C, between 320 ⁇ C and 500C ⁇ , between 320C ⁇ and 450C ⁇ , between 320C ⁇ and 400C ⁇ , between 350C ⁇ and 500 ⁇ C, between 350 ⁇ C and 450 ⁇ C, between 350 ⁇ C and 400 ⁇ C, between 250 ⁇ C and 360C ⁇ , between 250 C ⁇ and 350C ⁇ , between
  • the reactor can be operated under each hydrogen pressure at any of the temperatures described above.
  • the depolymerization reaction is performed at any one of the temperatures above, under a constant H 2 pressure, such as a constant H 2 pressure in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm, for a suitable period of time, such as from 5 minutes to 6 hours, from 10 minutes to 6 hours, from 20 minutes to 6 hours, from 30 minutes to 6 hours, from 5 minutes to 5 hours, from 10 minutes to 5 hours, from 20 minutes to 5 hours, from 30 minutes to 5 hours, from 5 minutes to 4 hours, from 10 minutes to 4 hours, from 20 minutes to 4 hours, from 30 minutes to 4 hours, from 5 minutes to 3 hours, from 10 minutes to 3 hours, from 20 minutes to 3 hours, from 30 minutes to 3 hours, from 5 minutes to 2 hours, from 10 minutes to 2 hours, from 20 minutes to 2 hours, from 20 minutes to 2 hours
  • the disclosed process for depolymerizing a solid waste containing hydrocarbon polymer(s) can be characterized by alkylbenzene yield and alkylbenzene mass selectivity.
  • the liquid product produced in the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a yield of at least 4 % or at least 5 %, by weight.
  • the yield of alkylbenzene compound(s) is calculated as the sum of the weights of the alkylbenzene compound(s) in the liquid product divided by the sum of the weights of the hydrocarbon polymer(s) of the waste material, as a percentage.
  • the process disclosed herein may produce other compounds in the liquid product that are not alkylbenzene compounds, such as other aromatic compounds (e.g., alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or polyaromatic compounds), non-aromatic unsaturated compounds, and/or 41 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT alkanes.
  • alkylbenzene compound(s) such as one or more alkylbenzene compounds as described above, and one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds such as those described above, in the liquid product.
  • the mass selectivity of the disclosed process to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to the alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product can be measured by NMR in combination with GPC or GC-FID. Exemplary methods for determining the selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product, are shown in Example 1.
  • the disclosed process is able to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to the liquid product with an alkylbenzene mass selectivity of at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%, relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.
  • the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) in the liquid of product stream 110 can be at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%, relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid of product stream 110.
  • the waste material containing one or more hydrocarbon polymer(s) is processed to a form that improves the contact between the polymer and the catalyst.
  • the waste material is in the form of a solid and the solid waste is processed by shredding, cutting, and/or grinding the waste hydrocarbon polymer to small parts prior to feeding it into the reactor, such that the contact between processed solid waste and the catalyst is improved compared with the solid waste prior to processing.
  • the waste material is in the form of a solid and the solid waste is dissolved in a solvent, optionally in a hydrocarbon solvent, prior to feeding it into the reactor or the waste is dissolved in the solvent in the reactor after feeding it into the reactor and prior to the depolymerization reaction, such that the contact between the dissolved solid waste and the 42 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT catalyst is improved compared with the solid waste without dissolving.
  • the solvent is fed into the reactor, and the solid waste is subsequently fed into the reactor and dissolved in the solvent.
  • the solid waste is fed into the reactor and the solvent is subsequently fed into the reactor and dissolves the solid waste.
  • the solid waste and the solvent are fed into the reactor simultaneously or substantially simultaneously, and the solid waste is dissolved in the solvent in the reactor.
  • the hydrocarbon solvent is a small hydrocarbon solvent, i.e., a hydrocarbon solvent containing less than 11 carbon atoms.
  • Suitable hydrocarbon solvents for dissolving the solid waste include, but are not limited to, hexane, cyclohexane, isopentane, a mixture of n- pentane and isopentane (e.g. pentane 60/40 and pentane 80/20), toluene, TOPSol (e.g.
  • a solvent can be fed into the reactor 10 via a reagent stream 200 prior to feeding the waste material, or subsequent to feeding the waste material and prior to the depolymerization reaction, or simultaneously or substantially simultaneously with feeding the waste material, such that the solid waste is dissolved in the solvent in the reactor. 2.
  • the process includes, during step (ii), a step of feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor.
  • the step of feeding H 2 gas may occur one or more times during the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) to maintain a sufficient H2 pressure in the reactor for achieving an alkylbenzene mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid of the product.
  • the process includes, after step (ii), a step of removing hydrogen gas and optionally hydrocarbon gas from the reactor and then feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor to achieve a second value for P(H 2 ) in the reactor that is different from the P(H 2 ) in step (ii).
  • the process may include a step of (d) operating the reactor at a suitable temperature, under the second P(H2), and for a sufficient period of time to convert any unreacted hydrocarbon polymer to a second product.
  • the second product may contain a liquid and/or a wax, and the liquid may contain one or more alkylbenzene compounds, such as those described above.
  • the specific temperature and time period for the subsequent depolymerization reaction performed under the second P(H2) depends on the specific catalyst and/or plastic waste material used in the reaction, and may be the same or different from those 43 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT used in step (ii).
  • the pressure in the reactor can range from 0.01 atm to 50 atm, from 0.1 atm to 50 atm, from 0.5 atm to 40 atm, from 0.1 atm to 40 atm, from 0.1 atm to 30 atm, from 0.1 atm to 20 atm, from 0.1 atm to 10 atm, from 0.1 atm to 5 atm, or from 0.5 atm to 5 atm, such as from 1 atm to 2 atm. 3.
  • the process optionally includes a step of cooling the reactor to a temperature below 50°C at 1 atm, such as to room temperature, after the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) or optional step (d).
  • the reactor may be cooled by any suitable method.
  • the reactor can be cooled in an airflow or in a water bath of room temperature (i.e., 22°C-25°C at 1 atm).
  • Recycling the catalyst The method may include a step of recycling the catalyst after the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) or optional step (d). Typically, the catalyst can be recycled and reused for the depolymerization reaction without significant loss of activity.
  • the catalyst can be recycled and reused for the depolymerization reaction with less than 5%, less than 10%, or less than 20% decrease in alkylbenzene yield.
  • the selectivity of the process to form alkylbenzene compounds relative to all aromatic compounds using a recycled catalyst is the same or substantially the same as that using a fresh catalyst.
  • the catalyst can be recycled and reused at least 2 times, at least 3 times, at least 4 times, at least 5 times, at least 6 times, at least 7 times, at least 8 times, at least 9 times, or at least 10 times.
  • Catalyst may be recycled by oxidation with an oxidizing gas and then optionally reduced with a reducing gas.
  • the catalyst is recycled.
  • the catalyst is exposed to an oxidizing gas to oxidize the catalyst.
  • suitable oxidizing gas for oxidizing the catalyst include, but are not limited to, oxygen and air.
  • the oxidizing gas is oxygen.
  • the catalyst is oxidized with an oxidizing gas at a temperature at least 200 °C, at least 250 °C, at least 300 °C, up to 450 °C, up to 400 °C, from 200 °C to 450 °C, from 250 °C to 450 °C, or from 300 °C to 450 °C, such as from 350 °C to 450 °C.
  • the catalyst is oxidized with the oxidizing gas for a time period at least 10 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 40 minutes, at least 50 minutes, at least 44 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 1 hour, up to 5 hours, up to 4 hours, u pto 3 hours, up to 2 hours, between 10 minutes and 2 hours, between 30 minutes and 2 hours, or between 1 hour and 2 hours.
  • the oxidation is performed at a temperature at least 200 °C, at least 250 °C, at least 300 °C, up to 450 °C, up to 400 °C, from 200 °C to 450 °C, from 250 °C to 450 °C, or from 300 °C to 450 °C, for a time period at least 10 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 40 minutes, at least 50 minutes, at least 1 hour, up to 5 hours, up to 4 hours, up to 3 hours, up to 2 hours, between 10 minutes and 2 hours, between 30 minutes and 2 hours, or between 1 hour and 2 hours.
  • the oxidation is performed at a temperature from 250 °C to 450 °C for a time period between 10 minutes and 2 hours or between 30 minutes and 2 hours.
  • a reducing gas examples include, but are not limited to, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, ammonia, methane, and nitric oxide.
  • the reducing gas is hydrogen.
  • the reduction temperature can be at least 150 °C, at least 200 °C, at least 250 °C, up to 400 °C, up to 350 °C, up to 300 °C, between 150 °C and 400 °C, between 150 °C and 350 °C, or between 150 °C and 300 °C, such as between 200 °C and 300 °C.
  • the reduction temperature is lower than the oxidation temperature.
  • the catalyst is oxidized at 400 °C and then reduced at 250 °C.
  • the period of time for the reduction step can be the same, substantially the same, or different than the period of time for the oxidation step.
  • the oxidation is performed at a temperature from 250 °C to 450 °C for a time period between 10 minutes and 2 hours or between 30 minutes and 2 hours
  • the reduction is performed at a temperature between 200 °C and 300 °C for a time period between 30 minutes and 3 hours or between 1 hour and 3 hours.
  • the period of time for the reduction step is different than the period of time for the oxidation step.
  • the period of time for the reduction step may be longer or shorter than the period of time for the oxidation step.
  • the period of time for the oxidation step is 2 hours
  • the period of time for the reduction step is 3 hours. 7.
  • the upcycling process can include a step of separating the liquid and wax in the product and optionally further separates the compounds in the liquid product subsequent to step (ii).
  • the product stream 110 containing a liquid and a wax enters into a separation unit 20 and is separated into two or more streams.
  • the product stream 110 enters into separation unit 20 and is separated into three streams: an alkylaromatic compound stream 113, an alkane stream 112 (i.e., a mixture of alkanes, such as alkanes with carbon numbers ranging from 11 to 80 or from 16-22), and an C 6 -C 10 alkane and C 6 -C 10 aromatic stream 111.
  • Suitable separators that can be used for the step of separating the liquid and/or wax product are known.
  • the liquid and/or wax product can be separated by distillation as described in U.S. Patent No.2,848,387 to Glazier, et al. and U.S. Patent No.3,308,060 to Ellis.
  • the wax generally contains a negligible amount of alkylaromatic compounds, such as less than 1% by weight.
  • the process optionally includes a step of feeding the catalyst into the reactor prior to step (i), or subsequent to step (i) and prior to step (ii), or simultaneously or substantially simultaneously with step (i).
  • the catalyst in the reactor is in contact with the hydrocarbon polymer of the waste material.
  • the catalyst is fed into the reactor 10 via a catalyst stream 200 prior to feeding the waste material, or subsequent to feeding the waste material and prior to the depolymerization reaction, or simultaneously or substantially simultaneously with feeding the waste material.
  • the disclosed processes and compositions can be further understood through the following enumerated paragraphs.
  • a process for upcycling a waste material, wherein the waste material comprises a hydrocarbon polymer comprising (i) feeding the waste material into a reactor, wherein the reactor comprises a catalyst therein, 46 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT wherein the catalyst comprises a transition metal; and (ii) operating the reactor at a sufficient temperature, under a sufficient hydrogen gas pressure (P(H2)), and for a sufficient period of time to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to a product comprising a liquid, wherein the liquid comprises an alkylbenzene compound.
  • P(H2) sufficient hydrogen gas pressure
  • the liquid further comprises one or more other aromatic compounds and optionally one or more alkane and/or one or more non-aromatic compounds.
  • the alkylbenzene compound contains from 7 to 40 carbon atoms or from 10 to 30 carbon atoms. 6. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-5, wherein the alkylbenzene compound has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in a range from 150 g mol -1 to 800 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 800 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 600 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 500 g mol -1 , or from 200 g mol -1 to 400 g mol 1 . 7.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • alkylbenzene has a structure of: , (III’’) wherein each R is independently hydrogen, a C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group, or a C 1 -C 5 alkyl group.
  • transition metal is selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 11.
  • the catalyst comprises more than one transition metal, wherein each of the transition metals is selected from the group consisting 48 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 12.
  • the catalyst comprises more than one transition metal, wherein each of the transition metals is selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten; and wherein the catalyst further comprises a second metal, wherein the second metal is different from each of the transition metals, and wherein the second metal is selected from the group consisting of rhenium, tin, lead, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, manganese, and zinc, or a combination thereof 13.
  • the catalyst is a metal, a mixture of two or more metals comprising the transition metal, a metal oxide of the transition metal, or a metal carbide of the transition metal, or a combination thereof.
  • the catalyst is dispersed on a surface of a first support and wherein the catalyst is in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof.
  • the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles, wherein the first support is an aluminum oxide support or silica-aluminum oxide support, and wherein the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of the aluminum oxide support or silica- aluminum oxide support. 16.
  • the second support is a halogenated alumina support, optionally a fluorinated alumina support, and the weight percentage of the halogen, optionally the fluorine, in the second support is in a range from 0.1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 3%, from 0.5% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1.5%, optionally about 0.7% or about 1.3%. 18.
  • step (ii) the reactor is operated at a temperature of up to 500C ⁇ , up to 450 ⁇ C, up to 400 ⁇ C, up to 350C ⁇ , up to 320C ⁇ , up to 300C ⁇ , up to 290C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 500C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 450 ⁇ C, between 250 ⁇ C and 400 ⁇ C, between 300 ⁇ C and 500C ⁇ , between 320C ⁇ and 500C ⁇ , between 300C ⁇ and 450C ⁇ , between 320C ⁇ and 450 ⁇ C, between 300 ⁇ C and 400 ⁇ C, between 300 ⁇ C and 360 ⁇ C, between 250 ⁇ C and 350C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 350C ⁇ , between 250C ⁇ and 320C ⁇ , or between 250 ⁇ C and 300C ⁇ .
  • step (ii) the reactor is operated under a H 2 pressure in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm. 22.
  • step (ii) the reactor is operated for a period of time of up to 24 hours, up to 6 hours, up to 5.5 hours, up to 5 hours, up to 4.5 hours, up to 4 hours, up to 3.5 hours, up to 3 hours, up to 2.5 hours, up to 2 hours, up to 1.5 hours, up to 1 hour, up to 55 minutes, up to 50 minutes, up to 45 minutes, up to 40 minutes, up to 35 minutes, up to 30 minutes, up to 25 minutes, up to 20 minutes, up to 15 minutes, up to 10 minutes, up to 5 minutes, in a range from 5 minutes to 6 hours, from 5 minutes to 5.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 5 hours, from 5 minutes to 4.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 4 hours, from 5 minutes to 3.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 3 hours, from 5 minutes to 2.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 2 hours, from 5 minutes to 1.5 hours, from 1 minute to 1 hour, from 5 minutes to 1 hour, from 10 minutes to 1 hour, from 15 minutes to 1 hour, from 20
  • step (d) operating the reactor at a second sufficient temperature, under the second P(H2), and for a second sufficient period of time to convert unreacted hydrocarbon polymer to a second product comprising a liquid, wherein the liquid comprises an alkylbenzene compound.
  • step (iii) processing the waste to a suitable form prior to step (i).
  • step (iii) includes shredding, cutting, and/or grinding the waste hydrocarbon polymer to small parts.
  • compositions comprising an alkylbenzene compound, wherein the composition is in the form of a liquid, and wherein the composition is produced by the process of any one of paragraphs 1 to 36.
  • the disclosed processes and compositions can be further understood through the following enumerated paragraphs. 1.
  • a process for upcycling a waste material, wherein the waste material comprises a hydrocarbon polymer comprising (i) feeding the waste material into a reactor, 51 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT wherein the reactor comprises a catalyst therein, wherein the catalyst comprises a transition metal; and (ii) operating the reactor under a sufficient hydrogen gas pressure (P(H2)) to form a product comprising a liquid comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s).
  • P(H2) sufficient hydrogen gas pressure
  • each of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in a range from 150 g mol -1 to 800 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 800 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 600 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 500 g mol -1 , or from 200 g mol -1 to 400 g mol 1 .
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • each of the one or more alkylbenezene compound(s) has a structure of Formula (I): wherein R1-R6 are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group, and wherein at least one of R1-R6 is an alkyl group, optionally wherein the alkyl group is -CH2R, and R is a hydrogen, C1- 52 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT C 19 alkyl group, C 1 -C 15 alkyl group, a C 1 -C 12 alkyl group, a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group, or a C 1 -C 5 alkyl group.
  • transition metal is selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten.
  • the catalyst comprises more than one transition metal, wherein each of the transition metals is independently selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 12.
  • the catalyst further comprises a second metal, wherein the second metal is different from each of the transition metals, and wherein the second metal is selected from the group consisting of rhenium, tin, lead, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, manganese, and zinc, or a combination thereof 13.
  • the catalyst is the transition metal, a mixture of two or more metals comprising the transition metal, a metal oxide of the transition metal, or a metal carbide of the transition metal, or a combination thereof. 14.
  • the second support is a halogenated alumina support, optionally a fluorinated alumina support, and the weight percentage of the halogen, optionally the fluorine, in the second support is in a range from 0.1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 3%, from 0.5% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1.5%, optionally about 0.7% or about 1.3%. 18.
  • step (b) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (ii) to maintain the P(H2), wherein step (b) occurs one or more times.
  • step (ii) the P(H2) in the reactor is in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm. 24.
  • a process for upcycling a waste material, wherein the waste material comprises a hydrocarbon polymer comprising (i) feeding the waste material into a reactor, wherein the reactor comprises a catalyst therein, wherein the catalyst comprises a transition metal; (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H 2 ) to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, and after step (iia), 55 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT (iib) operating the reactor at a second P(H 2 ) to form a product comprising a liquid comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s), wherein the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2). 25.
  • step (iib) further comprises removing hydrogen gas from the reactor and, optionally, feeding an inert gas into the reactor to provide the second P(H 2 ), and optionally, an inert gas pressure, in the reactor.
  • the first P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm
  • the second P(H2) ranges from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. 27.
  • step (iib) wherein in step (iib), the second P(H 2 ) is 0 and the reactor is under the inert gas pressure ranging from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm.
  • step (c) measuring the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers during step (iia) to determine the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fragments, wherein step (c) occurs one or more times.
  • a process for upcycling a waste material, wherein the waste material comprises a hydrocarbon polymer comprising (i) feeding the waste material into a reactor, wherein the reactor comprises a catalyst therein, wherein the catalyst comprises a transition metal; (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H 2 ), to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, after step (iia), (iib) operating the reactor at a second P(H2), to form aromatic compounds, and after step (iib), (iic) operating the reactor at a third P(H2), to form a product comprising a liquid comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s), wherein the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2), and the third P(H2) is higher than the second P(H2).
  • step (iib) further comprises removing hydrogen gas from the reactor and, optionally, feeding an inert gas into the reactor to provide the second P(H 2 ), and optionally, an inert gas pressure, in the reactor.
  • step (iib) further comprises removing hydrogen gas from the reactor and, optionally, feeding an inert gas into the reactor to provide the second P(H 2 ), and optionally, an inert gas pressure, in the reactor.
  • paragraph 29 or 30 wherein the first P(H 2 ) ranges from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm, and/or the second P(H2) ranges from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. 32.
  • the process of 30 or 31 wherein the second P(H2) is 0 and the reactor is under an inert gas pressure ranging from 0 to ⁇ 5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. 33.
  • step (iic) further comprises feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor to provide the third P(H 2 ) in the reactor.
  • third P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, or from 5 atm to 10 atm.
  • step (c) measuring the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers during step (iia) to determine the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fragments, wherein step (c) occurs one or more times.
  • step (d) measuring the aromatic compounds during step (iic) to determine the total yield of the aromatic compounds, wherein step (d) occurs one or more times.
  • step (a) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (iia).
  • step (a) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (iia).
  • step (a) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (iia).
  • step (iia) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (iia).
  • step (iia) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (iia).
  • step (ii) prior to step (iia).
  • each of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in a range from 150 g mol -1 to 800 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 800 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 600 g mol -1 , from 200 g mol -1 to 500 g mol -1 , or from 200 g mol -1 to 400 g mol 1 . 44.
  • Mw weight average molecular weight
  • each of the one or more alkylbenezene compound(s) has a structure of Formula (I): wherein R 1 -R 6 are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group, and wherein at least one of R1-R6 is an alkyl group, optionally wherein the alkyl group is -CH2R, and R is a hydrogen, C1- C 19 alkyl group, C 1 -C 15 alkyl group, a C 1 -C 12 alkyl group, a C 1 -C 10 alkyl group, or a C 1 -C 5 alkyl group. 45.
  • transition metal is selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten.
  • the catalyst comprises more than one transition metal, wherein each of the transition metals is independently selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 49.
  • the catalyst further comprises a second metal, wherein the second metal is different from each of the transition metals, and wherein the second metal is selected from the group consisting of rhenium, tin, lead, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, manganese, and zinc, or a combination thereof 50.
  • the catalyst is the transition metal, a mixture of two or more metals comprising the transition metal, a metal oxide of the transition metal, or a metal carbide of the transition metal, or a combination thereof. 51.
  • any one of paragraphs 24-50 wherein the catalyst is dispersed on a surface of a first support and wherein the catalyst is in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof.
  • the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles
  • the first support is an aluminum oxide support or silica-aluminum oxide support
  • the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of the aluminum oxide support or silica- aluminum oxide support.
  • 53 The process of paragraph 51 or 52, wherein the first support is combined with a second support and the second support is an acidic support. 54.
  • the second support is a halogenated alumina support, optionally a fluorinated alumina support, and the weight percentage of the halogen, optionally the fluorine, in the second support is in a range from 0.1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 3%, from 0.5% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1.5%, optionally about 0.7% or about 1.3%. 55.
  • step (iii) processing the waste prior to step (i), wherein step (iii) includes shredding, cutting, and/or grinding the waste hydrocarbon polymer to small parts, or dissolving the solid waste in a solvent, optionally in a hydrocarbon solvent.
  • step (e) separating the liquid and wax in the product.
  • a composition comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s), wherein the composition is in the form of a liquid, and wherein the composition is produced by the process of any one of paragraphs 1 to 59. 61.
  • a composition comprising an alkylbenzene compound having the structure of: , 61 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT or wherein two R groups are independently a linear C 3 -C 15 alkyl group, a linear C 3 -C 12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C4-C15 alkyl group, a linear C 4 -C 12 alkyl group, a linear C 4 -C 10 alkyl group, or a linear C 4 -C 8 alkyl group, such as a linear C4 or a linear C5 alkyl group; and the other R group(s) are hydrogen.
  • Examples described below are bench scale reactions, the conditions can be scaled up for use in industrial scale reactors to produce alkylbenzenes with the yield and selectivity that are similar to or substantially similar to those produced in the bench scale reactions described below.
  • Examples Example 1 Selective polyethylene upcycling to alkylbenzenes under moderate hydrogen gas pressure (P(H2)) Materials and Methods Materials Trimethyl(cyclopentadienyl)platinum (CpPtMe 3 , 99%) was purchased from Strem. Silica ⁇ alumina (SiO2-Al2O3, Davicat 3113, 7.6 wt % Al, B.E.T.
  • Nitric acid (68.0-70.0 wt%), hydrochloric acid (36.5-38.0 wt%), and chloroform (HPLC grade, OmniSolv®, CX1054-6) were obtained from EMD Millipore Corp. HPLC-grade water and HPLC-grade triethylamine were purchased from Fisher Chemicals. CD 2 Cl 2 (D, 99.8 %) was purchased from Cambridge Isotope Laboratories. All chemicals were used as received.
  • H 2 (5 vol% in Ar, Airgas Certified Standard) was purified by passing through 13X molecular sieves and BTS catalyst (MilliporeSigma) before use for Pt reduction.
  • Ar UHP, Airgas
  • H 2 UHP, Airgas
  • Propene (99.8 %) was obtained from PRAXAir. Carbon monoxide (9.890 vol% in He, Airgas Certified Standard) was used in pulsed CO chemisorption.
  • Catalyst Synthesis Prior to Pt deposition, SiO2-Al2O3 (1.50 g) was first calcined in static air in a temperature-controlled muffle furnace (Thermo Scientific Lindberg/Blue M BF51848C) at 500 °C for 4 h. The calcined SiO2-Al2O3 was then dehydrated at ca.10 -2 Torr and 400 °C for 8 h.
  • Pt/SiO 2 -Al 2 O 3 was prepared by chemical vapor deposition of CpPtMe 3 (42 mg) onto dehydrated 63 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT SiO 2 -Al 2 O 3 (1.5 g), followed by heating to 280 °C at a rate of 2 °C min -1 in flowing H 2 (5.0 vol% in Ar), then holding for 2 h.
  • Catalyst Characterization Pt Analysis was performed using Inductively-Coupled Plasma (ICP) – Optical Emission Spectrometry (ICP-OES), on a Thermo iCAP 6300.
  • the calibration curve was constructed using a standard Pt solution, prepared by diluting the commercial Pt standard with homemade aqua regia (5 vol%) in HPLC-grade water.
  • Pt was extracted from catalyst samples following a literature procedure, involving stirring in aqua regia at 75 °C for 30 min. To ensure complete dissolution of Pt, the extraction method was modified by allowing the suspensions to stand at room temperature for an additional 12 h. The suspension was then filtered using a syringe filter (pore size 0.2 ⁇ m). The solid residue was washed three times with HPLC-grade H2O. The filtrate and washings were combined and diluted with aqua regia (5 vol% in water), then analyzed by ICP-OES. The Pt loading was measured to be 1.7 wt%.
  • Accessible Pt surface areas in the freshly reduced catalyst was measured by CO chemisorption, using a Micrometrics Autochem ii 2920.
  • the catalyst (ca.40 mg) was placed on a plug of glass wool in a U-shaped quartz reactor. A thermocouple was attached to the outside of the reactor, at the level of the middle of the bed. Complete reduction of the catalyst was ensured by heating in flowing H 2 (5.0 mol% in He) at a rate of 5 °C min -1 to 200 °C, then holding for 1 h before switching to flowing He and cooling to room temperature.
  • the catalyst was subjected to 30 CO pulses (9.9 vol% in He, 124 ⁇ L each at 110 °C). The amount of CO not adsorbed in each pulse was measured using a TCD detector.
  • Pt dispersion (D, %) was calculated to be 65 % assuming a stoichiometry factor of 1.
  • TEM images of catalysts were obtained using a ThermoFisher Talos F200X.
  • Pt particle sizes were estimated by analysis of the high angle annular dark field (HAADF) image (Pt/SiO 2 - Al2O3 (1.7 wt% Pt), data not shown).
  • the average nanoparticle size, obtained by fitting a Gaussian function to the distribution, is (1.0 ⁇ 0.2) nm.
  • the average particle size obtained in this way was slightly smaller than the Pt particle size estimated by CO chemisorption (1.5 nm, assuming hemispherical Pt nanoparticles). A difference was expected because the TEM method gives a number-average particle size, whereas CO chemisorption gives a surface area-average particle size.
  • 64 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT Acidity Analysis Br ⁇ nsted acidity was measured by pyridine adsorption. A sample of dry Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (ca.80 mg) was transferred to a Schlenk tube inside an Ar-filled glovebox.
  • the Schlenk tube was sealed, removed from the glovebox, and connected to a vacuum line (base pressure 30 mTorr).
  • the tube was evacuated at 400 °C for 2 h, then cooled to room temperature. Excess dry, air-free pyridine vapor was introduced at room temperature and allowed to equilibrate for 15 min.
  • the tube was then evacuated at ca.30 mTorr for 30 min while heating at 150 °C to remove physisorbed pyridine.
  • the tube was then transferred into an Ar-filled glovebox, where ca.10 mg (precisely weighed) was pressed into a self-supporting pellet of diameter 5.0 mm using a hand press (International Crystal Laboratories).
  • IR spectra were recorded using a Bruker Alpha FTIR spectrometer over the range 4000 ⁇ 400 cm ⁇ 1 at a resolution of 2 cm ⁇ 1 , accumulating 64 scans.
  • the IR spectrum of Pt/SiO 2 - Al 2 O 3 (10.0 mg) was recorded after adsorption of excess pyridine at room temperature, followed by desorption of weakly-adsorbed pyridine at 150 °C and ca.30 mTorr for 30 min.
  • the spectrum of glovebox atmosphere was used as the background.
  • the absorbance was normalized by the precise sample mass.
  • BAS was quantified using the peak areas at 1455 cm -1 (data not shown), using a previously reported IR calibration curve.
  • the reactor was sealed and removed from glovebox, which was then connected to the vacuum line (base pressure of 30 mbar) and evacuated.
  • the reactor was then filled with the target pressure of the desired gas, and placed into a heating block.
  • the contents were stirred magnetically at ca.100 rpm. Timing of the reaction began after ca.30 min, when the internal reactor temperature reached 275 °C. After the reaction, the reactor was removed from the heating block and rapidly cooled using a jet of air to room temperature.
  • the reactor and a Schlenk flask capped with a white rubber septum were connected to a glass vacuum line 65 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT equipped with a pressure gauge and a gas sampling port.
  • the flask and vacuum line were evacuated (10 -2 Torr), then isolated from the pumping system. Gases in the reactor headspace were expanded into the line and Schlenk flask. The pressure reading as recorded before (P0) and after (P1) gas expansion. H2 analysis by GC-TCD was achieved by removing an aliquot of gas (400 ⁇ L) via the gas sampling port using a gas-tight syringe. Ar present in the autoclave at the start of the reaction was used as an internal standard to quantify H2 present after reaction by GC-TCD. When Ar was not present, the amount of H 2 was estimated from the pressure (see Section: H 2 Balance). Hydrocarbon gases (mostly C1 to C6, mC1-C6) were analyzed by GC-FID.
  • Propene 400 ⁇ L, ca.400 mbar was injected into the Schlenk tube for use as an internal standard prior to removing a gas aliquot (200 ⁇ L) for GC-FID analysis (see, e.g., Figures 1a and 1b).
  • a gas aliquot 200 ⁇ L
  • GC-FID analysis see, e.g., Figures 1a and 1b.
  • CD 2 Cl 2 (ca.3.0 mL) was added to the reactor via the vent hose. The CD 2 Cl 2 and products were stirred at ca.100 rpm for 5 min, then allowed to stand for 3 min to allow solids to settle. An aliquot of the supernatant (ca.1 mL) was used for 1 H NMR analysis.
  • the resulting liquid contains liquid hydrocarbons larger than C 12 (C12-C30) and waxes (C>30).
  • the liquid and wax were weighed (mtotal) to obtain the mass of wax (eq S1).
  • mwax mtotal – mC12-C30 (S1)
  • CHCl3 mL, containing 0.25 vol% triethylamine
  • a bimodal distribution was observed, with a lower molecular weight peak corresponding to ⁇ 200 g/mol (see, e.g., Figures 4a and 4b).
  • the molecular weight distribution was not accurately reflected in the GPC, and was better characterized by GC-FID, as described above.
  • the higher molecular weight peak contains mostly molecules with carbon numbers C ⁇ 30, but the error was still significant (the molecular weight of squalane, C30H62, was measured to have 560 g/mol, an error of 30 %).
  • the number- and mass-average molecular weights of this wax fraction were calculated using eq S2 and eq S3, respectively.
  • the number- 66 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT average molecular weight of the combined liquid and wax products was then calculated using eq S4.
  • H 2 was quantified on a Shimadzu GC-8AIT gas chromatograph equipped with a packed column (ShinCarbon ST 80/100, 2 m x 2 mm) and a thermal conductivity detector (TCD).
  • the column, injector and detector temperatures were all 130 °C.
  • the TCD current was 70 mA and the head pressure was 300 kPa (N 2 ).
  • Ar was present in the reactor, it was used as the internal standard.
  • the linear responses of the TCD signal to the 67 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT injected volumes of H 2 and Ar were confirmed using standard H 2 /Ar gas mixtures. The response factors were obtained as described previously. Gas hydrocarbon analysis by GC-FID.
  • Hydrocarbons in the gas fraction (C1-8) were analyzed qualitatively and quantitatively on a Shimadzu GC-2010 gas chromatograph equipped with a capillary column (Supelco Alumina Sulfate plot, 30 m x 0.32 mm) and a flame ionization detector (FID).
  • the injector and detector temperatures were both 200 °C.
  • the temperature program was: 90 °C (hold 3 min), ramp 20 °C/min to 180 °C (hold 20 min).
  • the yields of each hydrocarbon were calculated assuming all have the same per-carbon response factor. Liquid hydrocarbon analysis by GC-FID.
  • the liquid hydrocarbons were quantified on an Agilent 6890N Network gas chromatograph equipped with an Agilent DB-5 capillary column (fused silica, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.25 ⁇ m) and an FID detector.
  • the inlet and detector temperatures were 300 and 280 °C, respectively.
  • the temperature ramp program was: 40 °C (hold 3 min), ramp 25 °C /min to 320 °C (hold 10 min).
  • the flow rate was 1.0 mL/min (He) with a 5:1 split ratio.
  • the same per-carbon response factor (f) was assumed for all hydrocarbons.
  • n-Octadecane in CH 2 Cl 2 was used as an external standard.
  • the temperature ramp program was: 60 °C (hold 2 min), ramp 15 °C per min to 270 °C, hold 50 min.
  • NMR spectroscopic analysis 1 H NMR spectra of liquid products recovered from the reactions of PE were recorded on a Varian Unity Inova AS600 spectrometer, and analyzed by MestReNova (v11.0.1, Mestrelab Research S. L.). Gel permeation chromatography analysis. Molecular weight distributions of total hydrocarbons and aromatic chromophores were analyzed by GPC with RI and UV detection, respectively.
  • thermogravimetric analysis shows a distinct peak at ca.250-350 °C corresponding to the oxidation of unreacted PE, while the peak at ca.550 °C is assigned to the oxidation of coke ( Figures 5a-5j).
  • Analysis of Aromatic Products Analysis of Alkyl Substituents To understand the type of alkyl substituents present on the aromatic rings, 1 H NMR signals in the region 2.0-3.5 ppm (H ⁇ ) due to these alkyl substituents were integrated. The region can be further subdivided into 2.0-2.5 ppm (H ⁇ -methyl), 2.5-3.1 ppm (H ⁇ -methylene), and 3.1-3.5 ppm (H ⁇ -methine ).
  • the average number of H ⁇ per alkyl substituent, q was calculated using eq S5.
  • q (H ⁇ ,methyl + H ⁇ ,methylene + H ⁇ ,methine )/(H ⁇ ,methyl /3 + H ⁇ ,methylene /2 + H ⁇ ,methine ) (S5) result indicated that for all of these reaction conditions the alkyaromatic products contain, on average, two H ⁇ per alkyl substituent (i.e., -CH2R).
  • the ratio of H ⁇ /Harom (where Harom corresponds to 1 H NMR signals in the range 6.5-9.0 ppm) was evaluated.
  • q is the average number of H ⁇ per alkyl substituent, according to eq S5 described above. Selectivity and Yield of Aromatics Trialkyl-substituted benzenes, naphthalenes, and phenanthrenes contributed 3, 5, and 7 aromatic protons, respectively. Alkanes were also present in the products.
  • the ratio of aromatic protons to total protons was calculated using eq S6, adapted from the literature. 3 (S6) w ylphenanthrenes, and alkanes, respectively. and represent the total number of moles and the average carbon number for each type of hydrocarbon. Alkylaromatics were mostly present in the liquid range (C7-C30, Figures 6a, 6b, 7a, and 7b), and their molecular weight distributions were similar to the overall distribution for liquid products ( Figures 2a-2o). In contrast, alkanes were present in both the liquid and wax fractions.
  • the experimental ratios H 1 : H 2 : H 3 were obtained by integrating the relevant aromatic regions in the 1 H NMR spectrum. These values were related to the molar amounts (nj) for each aromatic structure type to estimate the relative molar selectivities, eq S10.
  • the average carbon number of alkylbenzenes, alkylnapthalenes, alkylphenanthrenes, and alkanes can be assumed to be similar in the liquid range, eq S11. This was called assumption 1.
  • n C-C scission N(t) - N(0) (S15)
  • N(t) ngas + nliquid + nwax + nsolid (S16)
  • N(0) n PE (S17)
  • msolid and mPE refer to the eventual mass of solid residue and the initial mass of PE, respectively
  • MnPE represents the initial number-averaged molecular weight of PE.
  • the missing mass 200 mg - m total
  • the recovered mass mgas + mliquid + mwax + msolid. Consequently, the mass-corrected number of C-C bond scission events was calculated as shown in eq S18.
  • n C-C scission,corr n C-C scission + (200 - m total )/m total •N(t) (S18)
  • the missing mass may be attributed to incomplete collection of gas (C1- C6), light liquid (C7-C11), heavy liquid (C12-C30), wax (C>30), or solid (Cinsoluble).
  • n C-C scission,C6corr n C-C scission + (200 - m total )/M C6 (S19) 72 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT
  • the uncorrected number of C-C bond scission events and the corrected value assuming the missing mass being C6 represent lower and upper limits for the number of C-C bond scission events, respectively.
  • H2 Balance In the catalytic conversion of PE, aromatic formation generated H2, in an amount (n H2,arom ) which was the sum of the degrees of unsaturation of benzenes, naphthalenes, and phenanthrenes, eq S20.
  • nH2,C- C an amount represented by eq S21, where n C-C scission was calculated by eq S15.
  • nH2,arom 4nbenz + 7nnaph + 10nphen
  • the gases in the reactor were allowed to expand into the vacuum connector and Schlenk flask, resulting in a pressure reading P1.
  • the total moles of gas were calculated using the ideal gas law, eq S23.
  • the moles of H2 were the moles of gaseous hydrocarbons (ngas hydrocarbon ) measured by GC-FID, eq S24.
  • nH2,final ntotal gas – ngas hydrocarbon (S24)
  • Amount of H 2 predicted to remain at the end of the reaction (n H2,pred ) based on the initial amount of H2 (nH2,initial) before reaction, the amount of generated H2 by aromatization, and the amount of consumed H2 by C-C bond scissions were described in eq S25. In most experiments, the value of predicted H 2 corresponded reasonably well to the measured value, demonstrating that the hydrogen balance was well described by these two major processes.
  • n H2,pred n H2,initial + n H2,arom - n H2,C-C (S25) 73 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT Results and discussion PE Depolymerization in the Absence of External H2 PE depolymerization in the absence of external H2.
  • the yield of light hydrocarbon gases (C 1-6 ) was very low (2 wt%).
  • the missing mass (corresponding to a mass balance below 100 %) was assumed to have the same molecular weight distribution as the recovered mass (see the Section: Analysis of Carbon-Carbon Bond Scission).
  • the value in parentheses is the number-averaged carbon number. h C>30, measured by GPC-RI and calibrated using PS standards.
  • the value in parentheses is the number-averaged carbon number, estimated as Mn/14, where Mn was calculated using eq S2. i Measured by TGA, except where noted.
  • the value in parentheses is the relative amount of unreacted PE, considered to be the carbon that is fully oxidized in air below 350 °C.
  • thermodynamic yields of both 1,2-dipropylbenzene and 2,3-dimethyltetralin were predicted to increase with P(H 2 ) then decrease (data not shown), a trend that is consistent with the experimental observations.
  • UCSB 2023-99M PCT reactor atmosphere may be overcome by varying the headspace gas over the course of a single experiment. For example, the average hydrocarbon molecular weight (and viscosity) would decrease rapidly if the reaction were initiated under moderate P(H2), then the aromatic yield could be maximized by removing the H2 from the reactor atmosphere. Alternatively, a high rate of aromatization could be achieved by starting the reaction under Ar, then introducing moderate P(H 2 ) to convert polyaromatics and higher molecular weight alkylbenzenes to the desired surfactant-range alkylbenzenes.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Materials Engineering (AREA)
  • Life Sciences & Earth Sciences (AREA)
  • Sustainable Development (AREA)
  • Health & Medical Sciences (AREA)
  • Medicinal Chemistry (AREA)
  • Polymers & Plastics (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Production Of Liquid Hydrocarbon Mixture For Refining Petroleum (AREA)

Abstract

Process for upcycling a waste material to form alkylbenzene compounds is described herein. The process typically includes the steps of feeding a waste material containing hydrocarbon polymer(s) into a reactor containing a catalyst therein, and operating the reactor at a sufficient temperature, under a sufficient H2 pressure, and for a sufficient period of time to convert the hydrocarbon polymer(s) to a liquid product containing one or more alkylbenzene compounds. The catalyst contains a transition metal or a mixture of a transition metal and another metal, and may be dispersed on the surface of an acidic support. Using the disclosed process, an alkylbenzene mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product, is achieved.

Description

ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT EFFICIENT AND SELECTIVE UPCYCLING OF POLYETHYLENE TO ALKYLBENZENES UNDER MODERATE HYDROGEN PRESSURE CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATION This application claims the benefit of and priority to U.S. Provisional Application No. 63/502,520 filed May 16, 2023, the entire content of which is incorporated herein by reference for all purpose in its entirety. STATEMENT REGARDING FEDERALLY SPONSORED RESEARCH OR DEVELOPMENT This invention was made with government support under DE-AC02-07CH11358 awarded by the United States Department of Energy. The government has certain rights in the invention. FIELD OF THE INVENTION The invention is generally in the field of upcycling of hydrocarbon polymers, particularly methods for upcycling of waste hydrocarbon polymers. BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION Conversion of polyethylene (PE) to surfactant-range alkylaromatics (C16-22) could add value to the used polymer and promote the recycling of waste plastic. The initial report on this process indicates slow reaction kinetics, which limits its practical application, particularly when considering the high rate of plastic production and disposal. Subsequently, Brønsted acid sites (BAS) were shown to complement metal sites by playing important roles in C-C bond scission, isomerization, and aromatization. Bifunctional catalysts accelerate depolymerization to alkylbenzenes, however, too much acidity leads to the undesirable formation of polyaromatics and carbon residue. Further, industrial production of alkylbenzenes currently uses a high H2 pressure. For example, naphtha catalytic reforming is conducted under 7-68 atm H2, where aromatic yields are a maximum. The P(H2) value is a tradeoff: lower P(H2) leads to catalyst coking, while higher P(H2) suppresses aromatic formation. In the context of PE conversion, the rate of C-C bond scission plays a role in achieving the desired molecular weight for alkylbenzenes in an acceptable time. Since alkylbenzene formation from LDPE is a combination of reforming and hydrocracking, the reaction conditions needed to increase the rate of formation and yield of desirable monoaromatic products require a proper P(H2). 1 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT There remains a need for improved processes for upcycling hydrocarbon polymers. Therefore, it is the object of the present invention to provide a process for upcycling plastic waste containing hydrocarbon polymers to more valuable materials, such as alkylbenzenes. It is a further object of the present invention to provide an improved depolymerization process to produce more valuable materials, such as alkylbenzenes. It is a further object of the present invention to provide compositions formed from depolymerization processes. It is a further object of the present invention to provide compositions formed from upcycling plastic waste. SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION Processes for upcycling plastic waste containing one or more hydrocarbon polymers to alkylbenzenes are described herein. The process disclosed herein is operated under a sufficient hydrogen gas (H2) pressure, and thereby enhances the yield of alkylbenzenes and the selectivity of alkylbenzenes relative to polyaromatic compounds (which are environmental pollutants) resulting from the catalytic depolymerization of the plastic waste. The process typically includes (i) feeding a plastic waste containing a hydrocarbon polymer, optionally, more than one hydrocarbon polymer, into a reactor and (ii) operating the reactor at a sufficient temperature, under a sufficient hydrogen gas (H2) pressure, and for a sufficient period of time to convert the hydrocarbon polymer(s) to a product containing a liquid. The liquid in the product contains an alkylbenzene compound, optionally more than one alkylbenzene compound. In some forms, the liquid in the product also contains other aromatic compounds, such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or one or more polyaromatic compounds. When other aromatic compounds are present in the liquid, the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) (also referred to herein as alkylbenzene mass selectivity) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%. Further, the disclosed process can produce the alkylbenzene compound(s) with a yield of at least 4% or at least 5%, by weight. The reactor contains a catalyst therein. The catalyst includes a transition metal. Typically, the catalyst is in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination 2 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT thereof. Optionally, the catalyst is dispersed in the form of atoms, nanocluster, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof on the surface of a support. Typically, the reactor operates under a H2 pressure that is effective to achieve a mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) of at least 25%, relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid of the product. For example, the reactor operates under a H2 pressure in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm for depolymerizing a plastic waste contained therein, and the liquid product obtained from the depolymerization reaction contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product. The H2 pressure under which the reactor operates may be measured immediately prior to the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) or during step (ii). Optionally, P(H2) is measured continuously or at regular intervals during step (ii) and the desired P(H2) is maintained during step (ii). BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Figure 1a is a graph showing representative GC-FID chromatograms of gas-phase hydrocarbon products and their molar distribution (inset), recovered from the conversion of PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9) catalyzed by Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g) conducted for 24 h at 275 °C without addition of external H2. Propene was added as an internal standard. Figure 1b is a bar graph showing the molar selectivity of hydrocarbon products with different carbon numbers in gas. Figures 2a-2o are graphs showing GC-MS ion chromatograms for the liquid-phase hydrocarbon products obtained from the reaction of PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9) catalyzed by Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g) after 24 h at 275 °C conducted with 4 bar external H2 (Figures 2a-2e); molar product distributions calculated assuming the MS response factors depending only on the type of hydrocarbon (e.g., alkane vs. alkylbenzene) (Figures 2f-2j); and molar product distributions calculated assuming the MS response factors depending on the type of hydrocarbon and depend linearly on the molecular weight (Figures 2k-2o), for alkylbenzenes (Figures 2a, 2f, 2k), alkylnaphthalenes (Figures 2b, 2g, 2l), alkylphenanthrenes (Figures 2c, 2h, 2m), alkanes (Figures 2d, 2i, 2n), and total hydrocarbons (Figures 2e, 2j, 2o). Figure 3a is a graph showing distribution of liquid-phase products obtained from the reaction of PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9) catalyzed by Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g) after 24 h at 275 °C, conducted in the absence of external H2. The inset figure is an expansion of 3 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT the short retention time region, showing assignments for the major peaks. Figure 3b is a zoom-in view of the data shown in Figure 3a. Figure 4a is a graph showing gel permeation chromatography (GPC) analysis of product distribution (black) and corresponding carbon numbers (red) for products of the conversion of PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9) catalyzed by Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g) after 24 h reaction at 275 °C in the absence of external H2. The inset is an expansion of the low-molecular weight region. Figure 4b is a zoom-in view of the data shown in Figure 4a. Figures 5a-5j are graphs showing thermogravimetric analysis (TGA) data (bottom curve) and the corresponding differential data (DTGA, top curve), measured in air, for unused Pt/SiO2- Al2O3 (Figure 5a) unconvertedPE (Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9) (Figure 5b), and the insoluble residue, recovered following CD2Cl2 extraction of soluble hydrocarbons, from the reaction of PE in the absence of external H2 (Figure 5c), and in the presence of various amounts of external H2: 1 bar (Figure 5d), 2 bar (Figure 5e), 3 bar (Figure 5f), 4 bar (Figure 5g), 5 bar (Figure 5h), 6 bar (Figure 5i), and 8 bar (Figure 5j). Reaction conditions: PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9), Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g), 275 °C, 24 h. Figures 6a and 6b are graphs comparing the GPC chromatograms with refractive index detection (RI, rihgt) and ultraviolet detection (UV, left) for the liquid hydrocarbons recovered from the conversion of PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9) catalyzed by Pt/SiO2- Al2O3 (0.100 g) for 24 h, in the absence of external H2 (Figure 6a), and under 1 bar external H2 (Figure 6b). Figure 7a is a graph showing the dependence on reactor P(H2) of the average carbon number for alkylaromatics (red) and total hydrocarbons (blue) in the combined liquid + wax fraction. Reaction conditions: PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9), Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g, 1.7 wt%), 24 h, 275 °C. Figure 7b is a graph showing the dependence on time of the average carbon number of aromatics (red) and total hydrocarbons (blue) in the liquid and wax fraction, obtained from the reaction of PE (Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9) catalyzed by Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g) for 0-12 h at 275 °C under P(H2) = 2 bar. Figures 8a-8c are graphs showing the effect of external P(H2) on the mass fractions of various hydrocarbon types (from top to bottom: gases (C1-6), liquids (C7-30) soluble in CH2Cl2, waxes (C>30) soluble in CH2Cl2, organic residues insoluble in CH2Cl2) (Figure 8a); molecular weight distributions for the wax products, measured by GPC-RI (note that waxes are only formed in appreciable amounts for P(H2) < 6 bar) (Figure 8b), and the average carbon number in the combined liquid + wax fractions, and the total number of C-C bond scission events (Figure 4 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 8c). Batch reaction conditions: 0.200 g PE (Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9), Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g), 275 °C, 24 h. Figures 9a and 9b are graphs showing the effect of external P(H2) on 1H NMR spectra, recorded in CD2Cl2, of the combined liquid/wax products recovered from the catalytic conversion of PE (Figure 9a), and the molar yield of alkylbenzenes and the alkylbenzene selectivity relative to all aromatics (Figure 9b). Batch reaction conditions: 0.200 g PE (Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9), Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g), 275 °C, 24 h. Figures 10a and 10b are graphs showing the dependence on reactor P(H2) of GC-MS of liquid products: intensities of characteristic ion fragments for alkylbenzenes (m/z = 91, 92, 105, 106, 119, 120, 133, 134, green), alkyldecalins (m/z = 138, 152, 166, 180, 194, blue), alkyltetralins (m/z = 132, 146, 160, 174, 188, 202, 216, 230, light blue),18 alkylnaphthalenes (m/z = 115, yellow), and alkylphenanthrenes (m/z = 178, 192, 206, 220, 234, 248, red) relative to the total ion counts (Figure 10a), and intensities of the characteristic ions for polyaromatics (including alkylnaphthalenes and alkylphenanthrenes, yellow) and monoaromatics (alkylbenzenes and alkyldecalins, green) relative to total aromatics (sum of mono- and polyaromatics) (Figure 10b). Reaction conditions: PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9), Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g), 24 h, 275 °C. Figures 11a-11c are graphs showing the effect of changing the reaction atmosphere during batch depolymerization of PE (Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9, 0.200 g) catalyzed by Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g) at 275 °C. The reactor was evacuated and filled with the amount of H2 indicated after each 4 h reaction period (Figure 11a). Figure 11b shows the total number of C-C bond scission events. Figure 11c shows the total yield of alkylbenzenes. Figure 12 is a scheme illustrating an exemplary process for catalytic upcycling of plastic waste containing hydrocarbon polymers to alkylbenzene compounds. DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION I. PROCESS FOR DEPOLYMERIZING A WASTE SOLID Process for upcycling a plastic waste material is described herein. Generally, the term “upcycling” refers to the depolymerization of a waste material to more valuable chemicals, such as alkylbenzene compounds. The waste contains a hydrocarbon polymer, optionally more than one hydrocarbon polymer. In the process, the hydrocarbon polymer in the waste is generally upcycled to form one or more alkylbenzene compounds. The process can also be a process for manufacturing various alkylbenzene compounds. 5 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT The upcycling process includes a depolymerization reaction. Optionally, the depolymerization reaction is solvent-free. For example, the waste material is in a solid form and is not dissolved in a solvent prior to or during the depolymerization reaction. The depolymerization reaction is performed under a suitable hydrogen gas (H2) pressure. Typically, the H2 pressure is effective to achieve a high mass selectivity (i.e., at least 15%) of alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the product formed by depolymerization of a plastic waste material. The process generally includes (i) feeding a waste material containing a hydrocarbon polymer, optionally more than one hydrocarbon polymer, into a reactor, where the reactor contains a catalyst therein; and (ii) operating the reactor under a sufficient H2 pressure to convert the hydrocarbon polymer(s) to a product. The product contains a liquid (also referred to herein as “liquid product”). The liquid product contains an alkylbenzene compound, optionally more than one alkylbenzene compound. Generally, during step (ii), the reactor is operated at a sufficient temperature, under the sufficient H2 pressure, for a sufficient period of time, to form the product. During step (ii), the H2 pressure in the reactor can be a constant H2 pressure for the duration of the reaction, or varied H2 pressures, such as two or more different H2 pressures, over the duration of the reaction. In some forms, the reactor is operated under a constant H2 pressure to form the product. When a constant H2 pressure is applied, hydrogen gas may be fed into the reactor during step (ii), one or more times, to maintain the constant P(H2). In these instances, P(H2) can be measured continuously or at regular intervals during the depolymerization reaction such that the desired P(H2) is maintained during the reaction. For example, the P(H2) in the reactor is maintained during the reaction in step (ii) at a value ranging from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm, such as 8 atm. In some forms, the reactor is operated under two different H2 pressures to produce the product. For example, step (ii) of the process includes step (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H2) to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, and after step (iia), step (iib) operating the reactor under a second P(H2) to form the product. Typically, the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer formed in step (iia) are saturated fragments. Typically, the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2). For example, the first P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm, and/or the second P(H2) ranges from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. When the P(H2) in the reactor is varied from a first P(H2) to a second P(H2) that is 6 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT lower than the first P(H2), the process can further include in step (iib) removing hydrogen gas from the reactor to provide the second P(H2). In these forms, when the reactor is operated under the first P(H2), the plastic waste material contained therein is depolymerized to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer having low weight average molecular weight (Mw). Typically, in these forms, the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers are measured continuously or at regular intervals during step (iia) under the first P(H2) to determine the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fragments. Methods for measuring the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers to determine Mw during step (iia) are known. For example, a sample of the hydrocarbon polymer fragments is obtained from the reactor continuously or periodically and subject to measurement and analysis using a suitable instrument, such as NMR, Mass- spectrometry, etc. Generally, when the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer obtained under the first P(H2) reach an average chain length of ≤100 carbon atoms, the P(H2) in the reactor is lowered to the second P(H2), such as by removing the hydrogen gas from the reactor. When the reactor is operated under the second P(H2), the liquid product that contains alkylbenzene compound(s) is formed. In some forms, the second P(H2) can be 0. In these forms, the reactor in step (iib) is operated under a pressure of an inert gas, such as argon or nitrogen gas. The inert gas pressure can range from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. When an inert gas is used to provide a pressure in the reactor, the process includes, in step (iib), removing hydrogen gas from the reactor and feeding the inert gas into the reactor to provide the inert gas pressure. In some forms, the reactor is operated under three different H2 pressures to produce the product. For example, step (ii) of the process includes step (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H2) to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, after step (iia), step (iib) operating the reactor under a second P(H2) to form aromatic compounds, and after step (iib), step (iic) operating the reactor at a third P(H2) to form the product. Typically, the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2), and the third P(H2) is higher than the second P(H2). For example, the first P(H2) and second P(H2) each are in a range as described above; and the third P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5atm to 12 atm, or from 5 atm to 10 atm. The reaction under the first P(H2), methods for determining the reaction stage for pressure change, and methods for adjusting H2 pressure from the first P(H2) to the second P(H2) and optionally providing an inert gas pressure in step (iib) are as described above. When the reactor is operated under the second P(H2), aromatic compounds that contain alkylbenzenes, polyaromatics, etc. are formed. Typically, in step (iib), the aromatic compounds are measured continuously or at regular 7 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT intervals to determine the total yield of the aromatic compounds. Methods for measuring the aromatic compounds to determine their total yield during step (iib) are known. For example, a sample of the aromatic compounds is obtained from the reactor continuously or periodically and subject to measurement and analysis using a suitable instrument, such as 1H NMR spectroscopy combined with gas chromatography. More specific methods for measuring and analyzing a sample of the aromatic compounds to determine their total yield are described in the Examples below. Generally, when the total yield of the aromatic compounds obtained under the second P(H2) reaches a plateau, the P(H2) in the reactor is increased to provide the third P(H2) in step (iic), such as by feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor. When an inert gas is used in step (iib) to provide an inert gas pressure, the inert gas can be removed from the reactor using any suitable method and hydrogen gas can be fed into the reactor simultaneously with or subsequently to the inert gas removal process. In some forms, the flow of hydrogen gas into the reactor can replace any inert gas remaining in the reactor and thereby remove the inert gas from the reactor. In some forms, even an inert gas is used in step (iib) to provide an inert gas pressure, in step (iic) after step (iib), the reactor can be pressurized with H2 without removing the inert gas from the reactor. When the reactor is operated under the third P(H2) in step (iic), polyaromatics in the aromatic compounds formed in step (iib) can be converted to alkylbenzenes and thereby increase the yield of alkylbenzenes and remove undesired polyaromatics in the product. Optionally, the liquid product also contains other aromatic compounds that are not alkylbenzene compounds, such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or one or more polyaromatic compounds. Typically, the alkylpolyaromatic compounds and the polyaromatic compounds in the liquid product contain from 7 to 40 carbon atoms. Typically, the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s), relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product, is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%. When alkylbenzene compound(s) is/are the only aromatic compound(s) contained in the liquid product, the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) is 100%. The improved alkylbenzene mass selectivity is desirable because other aromatic compounds, such as fused-ring aromatics, in the liquid product formed by depolymerization of a plastic waste material are environmental pollutants with toxic, mutagenic and/or carcinogenic properties. Optionally, the disclosed process further includes: (a) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (ii). After the hydrogen gas is fed into the 8 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT reactor, the H2 pressure desired for the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) is achieved in the reactor. The inclusion of a H2 pressure in the process disclosed herein for performing the depolymerization of a plastic waste enhances the yield of alkylbenzenes and the selectivity of alkylbenzenes relative to all aromatic compounds resulting from the catalytic depolymerization of the plastic waste. Without being bound by theory, it is believed that the addition of H2 pressure in the reactor can promote C-C bond scission and result in the production of hydrocarbon fragments. In contrast to existing industrial processes that show a negative reaction order in H2 for small molecule hydrocracking, the pseudo-zeroth-order rate of C-C bond scission (rC-C scission) for the depolymerization reaction in the disclosed process shows a positive reaction in exemplary process for upcycling a waste material is illustrated in Figure 12 and described below. A. Feed a waste material and hydrogen gas into a reactor Generally, the waste material is fed into the reactor. Optionally, when the waste material is fed into the reactor, the reactor is under an inert gas environment, such as argon gas. The inert gas is typically removed from the reactor before feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor to achieve a sufficient H2 pressure for performing the depolymerization reaction in step (ii). Optionally, the waste material is in the form of a solid. The waste material contains a plastic, optionally a mixed plastic. Examples of suitable plastics that can be upcycled using the process include, but are not limited to, non-chlorinated plastics, such as polyolefins, polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, and copolymers thereof; and chlorinated plastics, such as polyvinylchloride (PVC), polyvinylidene chloride (PVDC), etc. In the reactor, the waste material is in contact with the catalyst in the reactor. Reactors that can be used to upcycle a plastic waste material are known. For example, the reactor can be an autoclave reactor, such as a pressure reactor system, a flow reactor, a fixed-bed reactor, a packed-bed reactor (PBR), a continuous stirred tank reactor (CSTR), or a semi-batch reactor. 1. Hydrocarbon Polymers The waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer. The hydrocarbon polymer in the waste can be polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, a copolymer of polyethylene, a copolymer of polypropylene, a copolymer of polyethylene and polypropylene, or acrylonitrile butadiene styrene (ABS). For example, the waste material contains polyethylene or polypropylene. Optionally, the waste material contains more than one hydrocarbon polymer 9 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT described above, i.e., a mixture of two or more hydrocarbon polymers described above. For example, the waste material contains a mixture of polyethylene and polypropylene. Optionally, the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer, which is a mixture of different densities of the same hydrocarbon polymer. For example, the waste material can contain polyethylene, which is a mixture of high density polyethylene (HDPE) and low density polyethylene (LDPE). LDPE generally has a density in the range of 917to 930 kg/m3. It is not reactive at room temperatures, except by strong oxidizing agents, and some solvents cause swelling. LDPE has more branching (on about 2% of the carbon atoms) than HDPE. The density of HDPE generally is in the range of 930 to 970 kg/m3. Although the density of HDPE is only marginally higher than that of low-density polyethylene, HDPE has little branching, giving it stronger intermolecular forces and tensile strength than LDPE. The difference in strength between HDPE and LDPE exceeds the difference in density, giving HDPE a higher specific strength (a material's strength (force per unit area at failure) divided by its density; also known as the strength-to-weight ratio). Optionally, the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer of different molecular weights (weight average molecular weight Mw or number average molecular weight Mn). For example, the waste material contains polyethylene, which is a mixture of high molecular weight polyethylene and medium molecular weight polyethylene, a mixture of high molecular weight polyethylene and low molecular weight polyethylene, a mixture of medium molecular weight polyethylene and low molecular weight polyethylene, or a mixture of high, medium, and low molecular weight polyethylene. Generally, a hydrocarbon polymer of low Mw is in the range from 1000 g mol-1 to 10,000 g mol-1; a hydrocarbon polymer of medium Mw is in the range from 10,000 g mol-1 to 200,000 g mol-1; a hydrocarbon polymer of high Mw is in the range from 200,000 g mol-1 to 500,000 g mol-1; and a hydrocarbon polymer of ultrahigh Mw is in the range from 500,000 g mol-1 to 7,500,000 g mol-1. a. Average Molecular Weight Typically, the hydrocarbon polymer in the waste material has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) of at least 1×103 g mol-1, 2×103 g mol-1, at least 2.5×103 g mol-1, at least 3×103 g mol-1, at least 3.5×103 g mol-1, at least 4×103 g mol-1, up to 7.5×106 g mol-1, 5×106 g mol-1, 1×106 g mol-1, 5×105 g mol-1, up to 1×105 g mol-1, up to 9.5×104 g mol-1, up to 9×104 g mol-1, up to 8.5×104 g mol-1, up to 8×104 g mol-1, up to 7.5×104 g mol-1, up to 7×104 g mol-1, up to 6.5×104 g mol-1, up to 6×104 g mol-1, up to 5.5×104 g mol-1, up to 5×104 g mol-1, between 1×103 10 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT g mol-1 and 7.5×106 g mol-1, between 1×103 g mol-1 and 5×106 g mol-1, between 1×103 g mol-1 and 1×106 g mol-1, between 1×103 g mol-1 and 5×105 g mol-1, between 2×103 g mol-1 and 1×105 g mol-1, between 2×103 g mol-1 and 1×105 g mol-1, between 3×103 g mol-1 and 1×105 g mol-1, between 4×103 g mol-1 and 1×105 g mol-1, between 4×103 g mol-1 and 9.5×104 g mol-1, between 4×103 g mol-1 and 5.5×104 g mol-1, or between 4×103 g mol-1 and 5×104 g mol-1. Optionally, the hydrocarbon polymer in the waste material has a number average molecular weight (Mn) of at least 1×102 g mol-1, at least 5×102 g mol-1, at least 1×103 g mol-1, at least 1.5×103 g mol-1, at least 2×103 g mol-1, at least 2.5×103 g mol-1, at least 3×103 g mol-1, at least 3.5×103 g mol-1, at least 4×103 g mol-1, up to 2×104 g mol-1, up to 1.5×104 g mol-1, up to 1×104 g mol-1, between 1×103 g mol-1 and 2×104 g mol-1, between 1.5×103 g mol-1 and 2×104 g mol-1, between 1.8×103 g mol-1 and 2×104 g mol-1, between 2×103 g mol-1 and 2×104 g mol-1, between 3×103 g mol-1 and 2×104 g mol-1, between 4×103 g mol-1 and 2×104 g mol-1, between 1.5×103 g mol-1 and 1.5×104 g mol-1, or between 1.8×103 g mol-1 and 1.5×104 g mol-1. For example, the waste material contains a polyethylene having a Mw of at least 3×103 g mol-1 and optionally a Mn of at least 1.5×103 g mol-1, such as a Mw in a range between 3×103 g mol-1 and 1×105 g mol-1 and optionally a Mn in a range between 1.5×103 g mol-1 and 1.5×104 g mol-1, such as a Mw of about 3.5 x 103 g mol-1 and optionally a Mn of about 1.8 x 103 g mol-1. Optionally, the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer of different average molecular weights (also referred herein as “molecular weight”). Generally, a low molecular weight hydrocarbon polymer has a Mw in a range from 1000 g mol-1 to 10,000 g mol-1 and a Mn in a range from 100 g mol-1 to 1,000 g mol-1; a medium molecular weight hydrocarbon polymer has a Mw in a range from 10,000 g mol-1 to 200,000 g mol-1 and a Mn in a range from 1,000 g mol-1 to 20,000 g mol-1; a high molecular weight hydrocarbon polymer has a Mw in a range from 200,000 g mol-1 to 500,000 g mol-1 and a Mn in a range from 20,000 g mol-1 to 50,000 g mol-1; and an ultrahigh molecular weight hydrocarbon polymer has a Mw in a range from 500,000 g mol-1 to 7,500,000 g mol-1 and a Mn in a range from 50,000 g mol-1 to 750,000 g mol- 1. For example, the waste material contains polyethylene, which is a mixture of high molecular weight polyethylene and medium molecular weight polyethylene, a mixture of high molecular weight polyethylene and low molecular weight polyethylene, a mixture of medium molecular weight polyethylene and low molecular weight polyethylene, or a mixture of high, medium, and low molecular weight polyethylene. Recitation of ranges of values herein are merely intended to serve as a shorthand method of referring individually to each separate value falling within the range, unless otherwise 11 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT indicated herein, and each separate value is incorporated into the specification as if it were individually recited herein. b. Number of carbon atoms in hydrocarbon polymer Typically, the hydrocarbon polymer(s) in the waste material contains at least 70 carbon atoms, at least 100 carbon atoms, at least 120 carbon atoms, at least 150 carbon atoms, at least 200 carbon atoms, at least 250 carbon atoms, at least 300 carbon atoms, at least 350 carbon atoms, at least 400 carbon atoms, at least 450 carbon atoms, at least 500 carbon atoms, at least 550 carbon atoms, at least 600 carbon atoms, at least 650 carbon atoms, at least 700 carbon atoms, at least 750 carbon atoms, at least 800 carbon atoms, at least 850 carbon atoms, at least 900 carbon atoms, at least 950 carbon atoms, at least 1000 carbon atoms, up to 500,000 carbon atoms, up to 100,000 carbon atoms, up to 50,000 carbon atoms, up to 10,000 carbon atoms, up to 7000 carbon atoms, up to 6500 carbon atoms, up to 6000 carbon atoms, up to 5500 carbon atoms, up to 5000 carbon atoms, up to 4500 carbon atoms, up to 4000 carbon atoms, up to 3500 carbon atoms, between 70 and 500,000 carbon atoms, between 100 and 100,000 carbon atoms, between 120 and 50,000 carbon atoms, between 120 and 10,000 carbon atoms, between 120 and 7000 carbon atoms, between 200 and 7000 carbon atoms, between 500 and 7000 carbon atoms, between 500 and 6500 carbon atoms, between 500 and 6000 carbon atoms, between 500 and 5500 carbon atoms, between 500 and 5000 carbon atoms, between 500 and 4500 carbon atoms, between 500 and 4000 carbon atoms, between 500 and 3500 carbon atoms, or between 3500 and 7000 carbon atoms. c. Density Optionally, the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer of ultra-low density, very low density, linear low or low density, linear medium or medium density, or high density or a combination thereof. For example, the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer with a mixture of low and high densities. Generally, a hydrocarbon polymer of ultra-low density is in the range from 0.867 g cm-3 to 0.889 g cm-3. A hydrocarbon polymer of very low density is typically in the range from 0.890 g cm-3 to 0.914 g cm-3. A hydrocarbon polymer of linear low or low density is typically in the range from 0.919 g cm-3 to 0.925 g cm-3. A hydrocarbon polymer of linear medium or medium density is typically in the range from 0.926 g cm-3 to 0.940 g cm-3. A hydrocarbon polymer of high density is typically in the range from 0.941 g cm-3 to 0.970 g cm-3. For example, a polyethylene of ultra-low density is typically in the range from 0.867 g cm- 3 to 0.889 g cm-3; a polyethylene of very low density is typically in the range from 0.890 g cm-3 to 0.914 g cm-3; a polyethylene of linear low or low density is typically in the range from 0.919 12 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT g cm-3 to 0.925 g cm-3; a polyethylene of linear medium or medium density is typically in the range from 0.926 g cm-3 to 0.940 g cm-3; and a polyethylene of high density is in typically the range from 0.941 g cm-3 to 0.970 g cm-3. For example, the waste material contains a linear low-density or low-density hydrocarbon polymer, such as a linear low-density or low-density polyethylene having a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in a range from 8.9×104 g mol-1 to 4.7×105 g mol-1, such as 94.5×103 g mol-1 and a density in a range from 0.919 g cm-3 to 0.925 g cm-3. Exemplary waste material that contains a low-density polyethylene includes freezer bags. For example, the waste material contains a high-density hydrocarbon polymer, such as a high-density polyethylene having a Mw in a range from 103 g mol-1 to 107 g mol-1, such as 53.5×103 g mol-1 and a density in a range from 0.941 g cm-3 to 0.970 g cm-3. Exemplary waste material that contains a high-density polyethylene includes plastic bottles and plastic packaging, such as a plastic non-biodegradable grocery bag. Optionally, the waste material contains a hydrocarbon polymer of different densities. For example, the waste material can contain a mixture of high density polyethylene and low density polyethylene. d. Dispersity Typically, the waste material contains hydrocarbon polymer having a high dispersity of > 1.5, at least 2, at least 2.2, at least 2.5, at least 3, at least 3.5, up to 7.5, up to 7, between 1.8 and 7.5, between 2 and 7.5, or between 3.5 and 7.5, such as at least 1.9, at least 3.6, or at least 7.4. 2. Catalysts The reactor contains a catalyst therein. The catalyst is generally in the form of a solid. Catalysts suitable for upcycling the waste material generally include a transition metal, optionally more than one transition metal. The term “transition metal” refers to a single transition metal or a transition metal that is an element in a compound, such as metal oxide or metal carbide. For example, the catalyst is a transition metal, a mixture of two or more metals containing at least one transition metal, a metal oxide of a transition metal, or a metal carbide of a transition metal, or a combination thereof. The transition metal of the catalyst acts as the catalytic active sites that react with the hydrocarbon polymer of the waste material. Optionally, the hydrocarbon polymer and transition metal of the catalyst has a ratio (by mass) in a range from 20 to 200, from 30 to 200, from 30 to 150, from 35 to 200, or from 35 to 150, such as about 120. 13 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT a. Transition Metals Optionally, the catalyst is or contains a transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten. For example, the catalyst is or contains platinum. Optionally, the catalyst is or contains a mixture of two or more metals containing a transition metal, such as a bimetallic or a trimetallic. For example, the catalyst is a mixture of two or more metals and each metal in the mixture of metals is a transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten. For example, the catalyst is a bimetallic of platinum and cobalt. For example, the catalyst is or contains a mixture of two or more metals containing a first group of transition metal(s) and a second group of metal(s). The first group of transition metals in the mixture of metals contains one or more transition metals, and each of the first group metals is platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickle, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten. The second group of metal(s) in the mixture of metals contains one or more metals that are different from the metals of the first group, and each of the second group metals can be a transition metal or a non-transition metal. For example, each of the second group metals is different from each of the transition metals in the first group and is rhenium, tin, lead, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, manganese, or zinc. For example, the mixture of metals is a bimetallic containing platinum and rhenium or platinum and tin. For example, the mixture of meals is a trimetallic, and optionally contains platinum, rhenium, and tin. b. Metal Oxides Optionally, the catalyst is or contains a metal oxide of a transition metal. The metal oxide can contain a single transition metal or a mixture of two or more metals where at least one of the mixture of metals is a transition metal. For example, the catalyst is a metal oxide of a single transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten. For example, the catalyst is or contains a metal oxide of a mixture of two or more metals and each metal in the mixture of metals is a transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten. For example, the catalyst is or contains a metal oxide of a mixture of two or more metals containing a first group of transition metal(s) and a second group of metal(s) as described above. Optionally, the catalyst is or contains a metal oxide having a perovskite structure. For example, the catalyst is a metal oxide of a transition metal, such as titanium, niobium, iron, or 14 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT zirconium, and the catalyst further contains calcium and/or sodium, where the elements of the metal oxide are arranged in a way such that it has the same type of crystal structure as CaTiO3. c. Metal Carbides Optionally, the catalyst is or contains a metal carbide of a transition metal. The metal carbide can contain a single transition metal or a mixture of two or more metals where at least one of the mixture of metals is a transition metal. For example, the catalyst is a metal carbide of a single transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten. For example, the metal carbide is molybdenum carbide or tungsten carbide. For example, the catalyst is or contains a metal carbide of a mixture of two or more metals and each metal in the mixture of metals is a transition metal, such as platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, or tungsten. For example, the catalyst is a metal carbide of a mixture of two or more metals containing a first group of transition metal(s) and a second group of metal(s) described above. Optionally, more than one catalyst is used in the process. Any catalysts described above may be used. For example, the reactor contains more than one metal oxide described above therein. Each of the metal oxides in the reactor contains a transition metal that is different from the other. For example, the reactor contains more than one metal carbide described above therein. Each of the metal carbides in the reactor contains a transition metal that is different from the other. For example, the reactor contains a metal oxide and a metal carbide therein. The metal oxide in the reactor contains a transition metal that is different from the metal carbide. d. Form of the Catalyst The catalyst can be in a variety of suitable forms, such as atoms, nanoclusters, nanoparticles, or a combination thereof. When the catalyst is in the form of nanoclusters, the nanoclusters can have an average diameter of up to 2 nm, up to 1.5 nm, up to 1 nm, in a range from 0.5 nm to 2 nm, from 0.5 nm to 1.5 nm, from 0.5 nm to 1 nm, or from 1 nm to 2 nm. When the catalyst is in the form of nanoparticles, the nanoparticles can have an average diameter of up to 50 nm, up to 20 nm, up to 10 nm, up to 5 nm, at least 2 nm, in a range from 2 nm to 50 nm, from 2 nm to 45 nm, from 2 nm to 40 nm, from 2 nm to 35 nm, from 2 nm to 30 nm, from 2 nm to 25 nm, from 2 nm to 20 nm, from 2 nm to 15 nm, from 2 nm to 10 nm, or from 2 nm to 5 nm. 15 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 3. Other Components Optionally, the catalyst is dispersed on the surface of a support to form a catalytic system. When a support is present, the catalyst is dispersed on the surface of the support in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof. For example, the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles and the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of a silica-alumina support. The support is generally understood to separate the catalyst atoms, nanoclusters, and/or nanoparticles apart and/or adsorb the hydrocarbon polymer(s), thereby improve the efficiency of the depolymerization reaction. Additionally, some supports, such as acidic support materials or acid-modified support materials, can be included in the catalytic system to increase the efficiency of the catalyst therein. For example, a catalytic reaction using a catalytic system that includes an acidic support produces a liquid product with a similar or higher alkylbenzene yield and a similar or higher alkylbenzene selectivity relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product, in a shorter time period, compared to the same catalytic reaction using a catalytic system that does not include the acidic support, under the same reaction conditions. The term “same reaction conditions” means that the catalytic reaction is performed under the same temperature, same pressure, same atmosphere, etc. Optionally, these support materials are catalytic on their own. Optionally, more than one support is used for forming a catalytic system with the catalyst. When two or more supports are present, the catalyst is dispersed on the surface of at least one of the supports in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof. For example, when two supports are used for forming a catalytic system, the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles and the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of a first support; the platinum nanoparticles dispersed first support is mixed with a second support that is different from the first support to form the catalytic system. For example, when two supports are used for forming a catalytic system, the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles and the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of a first support and the surface of a second support that is different from the first support; the platinum nanoparticles dispersed first support and second support are mixed to form the catalytic system. Optionally, when two or more supports are present, a first catalyst can be dispersed on the surface of at least one of the supports in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof, and a second catalyst can be dispersed on the surface of at least one of the supports that is different from the support having the first catalyst dispersed thereon, in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof. For example, when two 16 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT supports are used for forming a catalytic system, a first catalyst is platinum nanoparticles and the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of a first support and a second catalyst that is different from the first catalyst is dispersed on the surface of a second support that is different from the first support. When two or more supports are present, the weight percentage of each support in the catalytic system is selected based on the specific catalyst and the material of each support. For example, when two supports are used for forming a catalytic system, a first support having platinum nanoparticles dispersed thereon is mixed with a second support without any catalyst dispersed therein, where the second support is different from the first support. The weight percentage of the second support in the catalytic system is in a range from 2% to 90%, from 2% to 50%, from 2% to 35%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 30%, from 15% to 40%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 40%, or from 20% to 35%, such as about 20% or about 33%, with the balance of the components in the catalytic system being the weight of first support and the weight of the catalyst dispersed thereon. a. Materials for Support The material for the support is chemically stable when subject to the operating conditions of the reactor for the depolymerization of the waste material. For example, the material for the support does not react with common chemicals (e.g., hydrogen gas, saturated C1-C5 alkane, benzene, or toluene, etc.) at the reaction temperature and pressure and for a period of time described herein. For example, the material for the support does not react with common chemicals (e.g., hydrogen gas, saturated C1-C5 alkane, benzene, or toluene, etc.) at a temperature of 500 °C or less and under a pressure in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm. Examples of suitable materials for the support include, but are not limited to, oxide compounds, halogenated oxide compounds, metal carbides, metal phosphates, and carbon-based materials, and acid modified oxides, metal carbides, metal phosphates, and carbon-based materials. The material for the support is a different material than the transition metal or mixture of metals in the catalyst. Optionally, the material for the support is an oxide compound, such as a metal oxide or a non-metal oxide. For example, the oxide compound for the support is silicon dioxide, aluminum oxide (e.g. γ-alumina, amorphous alumina, etc.), halogenated alumina, such as Cl-alumina and F-alumina, silica-aluminum oxide, silica (e.g. silica gel, mesoporous silica, etc.), acid-modified silica, CeO2, acid-modified CeO2, TiO2, acid-modified TiO2, WO3, MoO3, Re2O7, a perovskite, 17 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT clays (dealuminated clays, clays modified with organic or inorganic acids, clays ion exchanged with H+, NH4+, Fe3+, Na+, etc.), or a zeolite (e.g. ZSM-5, dealuminated zeolites, zeolites modified by organic and/or inorganic acids, zeolites modified by organic and/or inorganic bases, etc.), or a combination thereof. For example, the oxide compound for the support is silica- aluminum oxide. Examples of acids that are suitable for modifying the above-mentioned support materials include, but are not limited to, Keggin-type heteropoly acid (H3PW12O40, H4SiW12O40, etc.) and their acidic salt thereof (e.g., Cs2.5H0.5PW12O40, etc.). Methods for modifying the support materials are known in the art, such as chemical modifications (e.g., covalently attaching an acid/base on the material) or non-chemical modifications (e.g., physical loading of an acid/base on or entrapping an acid/base in the material). For example, Keggin-type heteropoly acid (H3PW12O40, H4SiW12O40, etc.) or an acidic salt thereof (e.g., Cs2.5H0.5PW12O40, etc.) can be physically loaded on a silica-aluminum oxide support, a silica support, a TiO2 support, or a carbon-based material. Optionally, the material for the support is a metal carbide. For example, the metal carbide forming the support is any metal carbide described above, such as molybdenum carbide or tungsten carbide. Optionally, the material for the support is a metal phosphate. The metal phosphate forming the support can contain a transition metal or a mixture of metals described above for metal oxides. Optionally, the material for the support is a carbon-based material. A carbon-based material generally refers to a material where the number of carbon atoms are at least 50% of the total number of atoms in the material. Examples of suitable carbon-based materials for the support include, but are not limited to, graphite, graphite oxide, activated carbon, carbon nanotubes, carbon nanosheet, graphene, and graphene oxide, and an acid modified version thereof, or a combination thereof. Suitable acids for modifying these carbon-based materials can be any of the inorganic acids described above, such as Keggin-type heteropoly acid (H3PW12O40, H4SiW12O40, etc.) and their acidic salt thereof (e.g. Cs2.5H0.5PW12O40, etc.). Optionally, the material for the support is a Keggin-type heteropoly acid (H3PW12O40, H4SiW12O40, etc.) or an acidic salt of the Keggin-type heteropoly acid (Cs2.5H0.5PW12O40, etc.). The material for the support may be catalytic or non-catalytic. For example, the support is formed from a catalytic material that can participate in the depolymerization reaction. In these cases, the catalytic material for the support may be a transition metal, a mixture of metals 18 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT containing at least one transition metal, a metal oxide containing a transition metal, or a metal carbide containing a transition metal as described above ass suitable materials for the catalyst. However, the catalytic material for the support is different from the metal in the catalyst. Optionally, the material for the support is a material that does not participate in the depolymerization reaction, such as silica oxide or a carbon-based material. For example, the material for the support is γ-alumina or silica-alumina. Optionally, the material for the support is an acidic material. Typically, the acidic material is strong enough to protonate pyridine, as determined by known methods. Whether a given material is able to protonate pyridine, and therefore considered to be an acidic material can be shown using the following test. First, the material is dehydrated at about 400°C under vacuum; then the dehydrated material is dosed with an excess of pyridine vapor at room temperature, followed by desorption, typically at about 150°C under vacuum for suitable time period, such as about 20 minutes. If the IR spectra of the resulting material shows a peak at 1545 cm-1, strong Brønsted acid sites are present, and thus demonstrates its acidity for protonating pyridine. Examples of suitable acidic materials that can be used for the support include, but are not limited to, halogenated oxide compounds (e.g. Cl- alumina and F-alumina), WO3, MoO3, Re2O7, acid modified oxide compounds, such as acid-modified zeolites, silica, CeO2, TiO2, clays, etc., and acid modified carbon-based materials (e.g. acid-modified activated carbon, carbon nanotubes, graphene, etc.), where the acid can be any of the acids described above. When the material for the support is a halogenated oxide compound, such as Cl-alumina or F- alumina, the weight percentage of the halogen in the support can be in a range from 0.1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 3%, from 0.5% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1.5%, such as about 0.7% or about 1.3%. Optionally, when a single support is used for forming a catalytic system, such as any one of the oxide compounds, halogenated oxide compounds, metal carbides, metal phosphates, and carbon-based materials, and their acid modified versions thereof described above, the weight percentage of the support in the catalytic system is in a range from 90% to 99.9%, from 90% to 99.8%, from 90% to 99.5%, from 90% to 99%, from 98% to 99.9%, from 98% to 99.8%, from 98% to 99.5%, from 98% to 99%, from 98.5% to 99.9%, from 98.5% to 99.8%, from 98.5% to 99.5%, or from 99% to 99.9%, with the balance of the components in the catalytic system being the weight of the catalyst dispersed thereon. Optionally, when two or more supports are used for forming a catalytic system, at least one of the supports is an acidic support as described above, such as a halogenated oxide compound (e.g., Cl-alumina and F-alumina). In these catalytic systems, the catalyst can be 19 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT dispersed on the surface of the acidic support(s) and/or on the surface of the support material that is different from the acidic support(s). For example, when two supports are used for forming a catalytic system, a first support is γ-alumina or silica-alumina having the catalyst dispersed thereon and a second support is an acidic support as described above, such as F-alumina, that does not have the catalyst dispersed thereon. The weight percentage of the acidic support in the catalyst system is in a range from 2% to 90%, from 2% to 50%, from 2% to 35%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 30%, from 15% to 40%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 40%, or from 20% to 35%, such as about 20% or about 33%, with the balance of the components in the catalytic system being the weight of the first support and the weight of the catalyst dispersed thereon. For example, when two supports are used for forming a catalytic system, a first support is γ-alumina or silica alumina having the catalyst dispersed thereon and a second support is an acidic support as described above, such as F-alumina, that also has the catalyst dispersed thereon. The weight percentage of the acidic support in the catalyst system is in a range from 2% to 90%, from 2% to 50%, from 2% to 35%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 30%, from 15% to 40%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 40%, or from 20% to 35%, such as about 20% or about 33%, with the balance of the components in the catalytic system being the weight of the first support and the weight of the catalyst dispersed on the first and second supports. The catalyst dispersed on the first support can be the same as or different from the catalyst that is dispersed on the second support. b. Forms of the Support Typically, the support has a surface area having a dimension sufficiently large to allow the catalyst to be dispersed hereon. When calculating surface area of the support, any surface that the reactants are able to contact is typically included. Surface area of the support can be measured by techniques known in the art, for example, by nitrogen physisorption. Typically, the support has a surface area of at least 50 m2 g-1, at least 100 m2 g-1, at least 150 m2 g-1, at least 500 m2 g-1, in a range from 50 m2 g-1 to 1000 m2 g-1, from 50 m2 g-1 to 900 m2 g-1, from 50 m2 g- 1 to 800 m2 g-1, from 50 m2 g-1 to 700 m2 g-1, from 50 m2 g-1 to 600 m2 g-1, from 50 m2 g-1 to 500 m2 g-1, from 100 m2 g-1 to 1000 m2 g-1, from 100 m2 g-1 to 800 m2 g-1, from 100 m2 g-1 to 600 m2 g-1, or from 150 m2 g-1 to 800 m2 g-1. For example, the support has a surface area of at least 150 m2 g-1, such as 186 m2 g-1 or 573 m2 g-1. 20 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT The support can be in a form of a mesoporous sheet or microparticles, or a combination thereof. For example, the support can be in the form of aluminum oxide microparticles. In some embodiments, the support can be in the form of a carbon sheet (e.g., graphene sheet), carbon powders, carbon particles, or carbon nanoparticles (e.g., carbon nanotubes). The support is generally understood to stabilize the metal atoms, nanoclusters, and/or nanoparticles that are one active phase of the catalyst by slowing their aggregation, and/or to adsorb the hydrocarbon polymer(s). By separating the active metal atoms of the catalyst using the support, the accessible active surface area of the catalyst is increased prior to reaction and mostly preserved during reaction, thereby improving the efficiency of the depolymerization reaction. For example, when the catalyst is a metal or a mixture of metals dispersed on the support in the form of atoms, each atom is displaced a distance or different distances from the other atoms of the metal or mixture of metals. For example, when the catalyst is dispersed on the support in the form of nanoclusters, each nanocluster is displaced a distance or different distances from the other nanoclusters of the catalyst. For example, when the catalyst is dispersed on the support in the form of nanoparticles, each nanoparticle is displaced a distance or different distances from the other nanoparticles of the catalyst. The dispersion of the catalyst on the support can be measured by methods known in the art, such as by CO chemisorption using a Micrometrics Autochem ii 2920. c. Weight Loading Generally, the total weight loading of the one or more metals of the catalyst is present on the support in an amount less than 10 wt% of the total weight of the catalyst and the support. Methods for measuring the weight loading of the metal(s) of the catalyst present on the support are known, such as by using Inductively-Coupled Plasma – Optical Emission Spectrometry (ICP-OES). For example, when the catalyst includes one or more transition metals, the total weight loading of the metals present in the catalyst on the support is calculated as the sum of the weights of the transition metals in the catalyst divided by the sum of the weight of the support plus the weights of the transition metals and non-transition metals multiplied by 100. When the catalyst includes only one transition metal, the total weight loading of the metals present in the catalyst on the support is simply calculated as the weight of the transition metal in the catalyst divided by the sum of the weight of the support plus the weight of the transition metal multiplied by 100. Similarly, when the catalyst includes both one or more transition metals and one or more non-transition metals, the total weight loading of the metals present in the catalyst on the support is calculated as the sum of the weights of transition metals and non-transition metals in the 21 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT catalyst divided by the sum of the weight of the support plus the weights of the transition metals and non-transition metals multiplied by 100. For example, the total weight loading of the one or more metals of the catalyst is present on the support in an amount of less than 10 wt%, less than 8 wt%, less than 5 wt%, less than 4.5 wt%, less than 4 wt%, less than 3.5 wt%, less than 3 wt%, less than 2.5 wt%, less than 2 wt%, less than 1.5 wt%, less than 1 wt%, in a range of from 0.1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.2 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 5 wt%, from 1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 1 wt% to 8 wt%, from 1 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 4.5 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 4 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 3.5 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 3 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 2.5 wt%, or from 0.1 wt% to 2 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 1.5 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 1 wt%, or from 0.1 wt% to 0.5 wt% of the total weight of the catalyst and the support, such as about 1.7 wt% of the total weight of the catalyst and the support. Methods for preparing the disclosed catalysts are known. For example, the disclosed catalysts may be prepared using the methods described in Garcia and Goto, Mater. Trans., 44(9):1717-1728 (2003). B. Operate the reactor to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to a product. The reactor is operated at a sufficient temperature, under a sufficient H2 pressure, and for a sufficient period of time, to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to a product. The hydrocarbon polymer is converted to the product via depolymerization reactions. Optionally, the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) is performed under stirring using methods known in the art, such as magnetic stirring. The product contains a liquid and the liquid contains an alkylbenzene compound, optionally more than one alkylbenzene compound. Optionally, the liquid product also contains other aromatic compounds, such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or one or more polyaromatic compounds. Optionally, in addition to the alkylbenzene compound(s) and optionally the other aromatic compound(s), the liquid product also contains one or more alkanes and/or one or more non-aromatic unsaturated compounds (such as olefins). The alkylbenzene compound(s), other aromatic compound(s) (when present), alkane(s) (when present), and non- aromatic unsaturated compounds (when present) in the liquid product each contains from 7 to 40 carbon atoms. When one or more other aromatic compounds are present in the liquid product, the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 22 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%. The mass selectivity of alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product is calculated as the sum of the weights of the alkylbenzene compound(s) in the liquid product relative to the sum of the weights of all aromatic compounds in the liquid product, which includes alkylbenzene compound(s) and other aromatic compound(s) that is/are not an alkylbenzene compound, as a percentage. When the liquid product contains alkylbenzene compound(s) as the only aromatic compound(s), the selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) is simply 100%. Typically, the reactor is operated at a low temperature, such as less than or equal to 500 °C, optionally less than or equal to 450 °C, less than or equal to 400 °C, less than or equal to 350 °C, or less than or equal to 300 °C. Optionally, the process includes, prior to step (ii), preheating the reactor to the depolymerization temperature in step (ii). 1. Hydrogen gas pressure In step (ii), the reactor can be operated under a constant H2 pressure or varied H2 pressures for the duration of the depolymerization reaction to form the liquid product containing alkylbenzene compound(s). The constant H2 pressure or the first H2 pressure (when varied H2 pressures are used) in the reactor can be achieved by feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i), feeding the waste material into the reactor, or after step (i) and prior to the step of operating the reactor to depolymerize the waste material contained in the reactor. The H2 pressure under which the reactor operates may be measured immediately prior to the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) or during step (ii). For example, as shown in Figure 12, hydrogen gas is fed into the reactor 10 via a hydrogen gas stream 300 simultaneously or substantially simultaneously with feeding the waste material, or subsequent to feeding the waste material and prior to the depolymerization reaction. Following the hydrogen gas feeding step, the desired H2 pressure for performing depolymerization reaction of the plastic waste material is achieved in the reactor. Optionally, the hydrogen gas is purified prior to being fed into the reactor. Methods for purifying hydrogen gas are known, for example, by passing through 13X molecular sieves to remove water and BTS catalyst to remove oxygen. Typically, the H2 pressure(s) under which the reactor is operated is effective to achieve the above-described alkylbenzene mass selectivity, i.e., an alkylbenzene mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product. 23 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT For example, the reactor operates under a constant H2 pressure in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm for depolymerizing a plastic waste material contained therein, and the liquid product obtained from the depolymerization reaction contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product. For example, the reactor operates under two different H2 pressures, such as a first P(H2) ranging from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, and a second P(H2) ranging from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm for depolymerizing a plastic waste material contained therein, and the liquid product obtained from the depolymerization reaction contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product. For example, the reactor operates under three different H2 pressures, such as a first P(H2) ranging from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm; a second P(H2) ranging from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm; and a third P(H2) ranging from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5atm to 12 atm, or from 5 atm to 10 atm, for depolymerizing a plastic waste material contained therein, and the liquid product obtained from the depolymerization reaction contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product. a. Constant hydrogen gas pressure In some forms, in step (ii), the reactor is operated under a constant H2 pressure to form the product. When a constant H2 pressure is applied, hydrogen gas may be fed into the reactor during step (ii), one or more times, to maintain the constant P(H2). In these instances, P(H2) can be measured continuously or at regular intervals during the depolymerization reaction such that the desired P(H2) is maintained during the reaction. For example, the P(H2) in the reactor is maintained during the reaction in step (ii) at a value ranging from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm, such as 8 atm. b. Varied hydrogen gas pressures In some forms, in step (ii), the reactor is operated under two or more different H2 pressures to form the product. i. Two different hydrogen gas pressures For example, the reactor is operated under two different H2 pressures to produce the product, and step (ii) of the process includes step (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H2) to 24 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, and after step (iia), step (iib) operating the reactor under a second P(H2) to form the product. Typically, the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2). For example, the first P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm, and/or the second P(H2) ranges from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. When the P(H2) in the reactor is varied from a first P(H2) to a second P(H2) that is lower than the first P(H2), the process can further include in step (iib) removing hydrogen gas from the reactor to provide the second P(H2). In these forms, when the reactor is operated under the first P(H2), the plastic waste material contained therein is depolymerized to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer having lower weight average molecular weight (Mw). Typically, the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers are measured continuously or at regular intervals during step (iia) under the first P(H2) to determine the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fragments. Methods for measuring the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers to determine Mw during step (iia) are known. For example, a sample of the hydrocarbon polymer fragments is obtained from the reactor continuously or periodically and subject to measurement and analysis using a suitable instrument, such as NMR, Mass- spectrometry, etc. Generally, when the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer obtained under the first P(H2) reach an average chain length of ≤100 carbon atoms, the P(H2) in the reactor is lowered to the second P(H2), such as by removing the hydrogen gas from the reactor. When the reactor is operated under the second P(H2), the liquid product that contains alkylbenzene compound(s) is formed. In some forms, the second P(H2) can be 0. In these forms, the reactor in step (iib) is operated under a pressure by an inert gas, such as an argon pressure. The inert gas pressure can range from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. When an inert gas is used to provide a pressure in the reactor, the process includes, in step (iib), removing hydrogen gas from the reactor and feeding the inert gas into the reactor to provide the inert gas pressure. ii. Three different hydrogen gas pressures In some forms, the reactor is operated under three different H2 pressures to produce the product. For example, step (ii) of the process includes step (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H2) to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, after step (iia), step (iib) operating the reactor under a second P(H2) to form aromatic compounds, and after step (iib), step (iic) operating the reactor at a third P(H2) to form the product. Typically, the second P(H2) is lower 25 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT than the first P(H2), and the third P(H2) is higher than the second P(H2). For example, the first P(H2) and second P(H2) each are in a range as described above; and the third P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5atm to 12 atm, or from 5 atm to 10 atm. The reaction under the first P(H2), methods for determining the reaction stage for pressure change, and methods for adjusting H2 pressure from the first P(H2) to the second P(H2) and optionally providing an inert gas pressure in step (iib) are as described above. When the reactor is operated under the second P(H2), aromatic compounds that contain alkylbenzenes, polyaromatics, etc. are formed. Typically, in step (iib), the aromatic compounds is measured continuously or at regular intervals to determine the total yield of the aromatic compounds. Methods for measuring the aromatic compounds to determine their total yield during step (iib) are known. For example, a sample of the aromatic compounds is obtained from the reactor continuously or periodically and subject to measurement and analysis using a suitable instrument, such as 1H NMR spectroscopy combined with gas chromatography. More specific methods for measuring and analyzing a sample of the aromatic compounds to determine their total yield are described in the Examples below. Generally, when the total yield of the aromatic compounds obtained under the second P(H2) reach a plateau, the P(H2) in the reactor is increased to provide the third P(H2) in step (iic), such as by feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor. When an inert gas is used in step (iib) to provide an inert gas pressure, the inert gas can be removed from the reactor using any suitable method and hydrogen gas can be fed into the reactor simultaneously with or subsequently to the inert gas removal process. In some forms, the flow of hydrogen gas into the reactor can replace any inert gas remained in the reactor and thereby remove the inert gas from the reactor. In some forms, even an inert gas is used in step (iib) to provide an inert gas pressure, in step (iic) after step (iib), the reactor can be pressurized with H2 without removing the inert gas from the reactor. When the reactor is operated under the third P(H2), the liquid product that contains alkylbenzene compound(s) is formed. Generally, the third P(H2) used for operating the reactor in step (iic) can convert the polyaromatics in the aromatic compounds formed in step (iib) to alkylbenzenes and thereby increase the yield of alkylbenzenes and remove undesired polyaromatics in the product. 2. Exemplary Process An exemplary upcycling process, which includes the steps of (i) feeding a waste material containing hydrocarbon polymer(s) into a reactor; and (ii) operating the reactor at a sufficient temperature, under a sufficient H2 pressure, and for a sufficient period of time to convert the 26 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT hydrocarbon polymer to a product, is schematically illustrated in Figure 12. As shown in Figure 12, the process for upcycling a waste material typically includes feeding the plastic waste material containing one or more hydrocarbon polymer(s) into a reactor 10 via waste material stream 100. The reactor 10 contains a catalyst therein. The catalyst is fed into the reactor via the catalyst stream 200. Hydrogen gas is fed into the reactor 10 via the hydrogen gas stream 300. The hydrogen gas can be fed into the reactor simultaneously or subsequent to feeding the waste material into the reactor 10. Optionally a reagent/solvent is fed into the reactor 10 via reagent stream 210. The catalyst and optionally the reagent/solvent can be fed into the reactor 10 prior to, simultaneously, or subsequent to feeding the waste material into the reactor 10. Following step (i), the waste material is in contact with the catalyst in the reactor 10, and the reactor is under a sufficient H2 pressure for the depolymerization reaction to form a product. The H2 pressure in reactor 10 can be maintained at a constant value or varied. When the H2 pressure in reactor 10 is varied, hydrogen gas in the reactor can be removed from the reactor such as via the gas stream 300 to lower the H2 pressure in reactor during the reaction. Additionally and alternatively, hydrogen gas can be added into the reactor optionally via the gas stream 300 to increase the H2 pressure in reactor during the reaction. The hydrogen gas addition and/or removal process can be repeated one or more times. Optionally, an inert gas can be fed into the reactor 10 via an inert gas stream (not shown in Figure 12) to adjust the H2 pressure in the reactor. For example, during the reaction to form the product, hydrogen can be removed from the reactor 10 via the gas stream 300 or a separate gas outlet, and an inert gas can be fed into the reactor to achieve a suitable inert gas pressure. During the reaction, the reactor 10 is heated via heating path 220 to a sufficient temperature and maintained at this temperature for a sufficient period of time to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to the product stream 110, which contains a liquid and optionally a wax. When wax is present in the product stream 110, the liquid and wax can be separated by passing the mixture through a separation unit 20. The liquid of the product stream 110 contains an alkylbenzene compound or more than one alkylbenzene compound. Optionally, the liquid of the product stream 110 also contains other aromatic compounds (such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or one or more polyaromatic compounds), one or more alkanes, and/or one or more non-aromatic unsaturated compounds (such as one or more olefins), in addition to the alkylbenzene compound(s). The mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) in the liquid of the product stream 110 is at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid. In addition to the product stream 110 containing the liquid and optionally the wax, gas products (light C1-C6 hydrocarbons and other 27 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT gas such as hydrogen gas) also exit the reactor. Additionally, some unreacted solid waste may remain. The solid waste can be removed from the reactor 10 via the organic solid stream 130. The gas product containing hydrogen gas and/or a short-chain hydrocarbon(s), such as a saturated C1-C5 alkane, benzene, or toluene, or a combination thereof exits the reactor via gas stream 120. Optionally, the product stream 110 is fed to a separation unit 20 where the liquid and optionally the wax is separated into short-chain (i.e. C6-C10) aromatic compound(s) and optionally short-chain (i.e. C6-C10) alkane stream 111, alkane stream 112 containing a mixture of alkanes, such as alkanes with carbon numbers ranging from 11 to 80 or from 16 to 22, and/or alkylaromatic compound stream 113 containing alkylaromatic compound(s) with average carbon numbers described below, such as alkylaromatic compound(s) with an average carbon number of about 20. The alkylaromatic compound stream 113 contains one or more alkylbenzene compounds and optionally one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds. Although not illustrated, when alkylpolyaromatic compounds are present in the product stream 110, the alkylpolyaromatic compounds can be separated from the alkylbenzene compounds by passing through the separation unit such that the alkylaromatic compound stream 113 only contains the alkylbenzene compounds, or the alkylaromatic compound stream 113 containing alkylbenzene compounds and alkylpolyaromatic compounds are further separated to produce an alkylbenzene stream. 3. Product Following steps (i) and (ii), product containing a liquid (also referred to herein as “liquid product”) and optionally a wax, is formed. The product containing a liquid and optionally a wax is identified as stream 110 in Figure 12. Optionally, the wax (when present) in the product contains long chain alkanes with a carbon number from 41 to 100 and optionally can become a flowable liquid when heated to a temperature of at least 45 ̊C. The liquid product contains an alkylbenzene compound, optionally more than one alkylbenzene compound. For example, the liquid product contains a mixture of two alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of three alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of four alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of five alkylbenzene compounds, and or a mixture of more than five different alkylbenzene compounds. Optionally, the liquid product contains other aromatic compounds that are not alkylbenzene compounds (such as alkylpolyaromatic compounds and polyaromatic compounds), alkanes (e.g., alkanes with carbon numbers ranging 28 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT from 7 to 40), and/or non-aromatic unsaturated compounds, such as olefins with carbon numbers ranging from 7 to 40. Optionally, the liquid product includes xylene, ethylbenzene, propylbenzene, tetramethylbenzene, or butylbenzene, or a combination thereof, and the mass selectivity of these alkylbenzene compounds is at least 15% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product.. a. Alkylbenzene compounds The liquid product contains an alkylbenzene compound, and optionally contains more than one alkylbenzene compound. For example, the liquid product contains a mixture of two alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of three alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of four alkylbenzene compounds, a mixture of five alkylbenzene compounds, and or a mixture of more than five different alkylbenzene compounds. After exiting the reactor, the alkylbenzene compounds can be separated from the other compounds in the product, such as alkylpolyaromatic compounds, polyaromatic compounds, C7-C40 alkanes, and/or C7-C40 olefins in the liquid and optionally C41-C100 alkanes in the wax, in the product stream by passing through a separation unit. For example, in the exemplary process shown in Figure 12, the separation unit 20 separates the compounds in the product stream 110 to produce an alkylaromatic compound(s) stream 113 that predominantly contains alkylbenzene compound(s) (such as ≥ 99% by weight). Alternatively, for example, although not illustrated in Figure 12, the alkylaromatic stream 113 contains both alkylbenzene compound(s) and alkylpolyaromatic compound(s), which are further separated to produce an alkylbenzene stream. i. Number of Carbons and Average Molecular Weight Typically, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product contains at least 7 carbon atoms and up to 40 carbon atoms, such as in a range from 10 to 30 carbon atoms. Typically, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mw less than 800 g mol-1, less than 750 g mol-1, less than 700 g mol-1, less than 650 g mol-1, less than 600 g mol-1, less than 550 g mol-1, less than 500 g mol-1, at least 300 g mol-1, at least 200 g mol-1, at least 150 g mol-1, in a range of from 150 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 600 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 500 g mol- 1, from 200 g mol-1 to 400 g mol-1, or from 200 g mol-1 to 400 g mol-1. For example, the 29 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mw ranging from 200 g mol-1 to 400 g mol-1. Optionally, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mn less than 700 g mol-1, less than 650 g mol-1, less than 600 g mol-1, less than 550 g mol-1, less than 500 g mol-1, at least 300 g mol-1, at least 200 g mol-1, at least 150 g mol-1, in a range of from 150 g mol-1 to 700 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 700 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 600 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 500 g mol-1, from 300 g mol-1 to 700 g mol-1, from 300 g mol-1 to 600 g mol-1, from 300 g mol-1 to 500 g mol-1, or from 200 g mol-1 to 400 g mol-1. For example, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mn ranging from 200 g mol-1 to 400 g mol-1. Optionally, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mw or Mn that is at least 5-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant) in the waste material before depolymerization, at least 10-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 15-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 20-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 25-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 30-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 35-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 40-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 45-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 50-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 55-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 60-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 65-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 70-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 75-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 80-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 85-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 90-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 95-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 100-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 120-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, at least 150-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer, or at least 200-times less than the Mw or Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer. For example, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mw at least 5-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant) of the waste material before depolymerization, at least 10-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon 30 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT polymer (reactant), at least 20-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 50-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 100-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 150-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), or at least 200-times less than the Mw of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant). For example, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a Mn at least 5-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant) of the waste material before depolymerization, at least 10-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 20-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 50-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 100-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), at least 150-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant), or at least 200-times less than the Mn of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant). ii. Dispersity Generally, the dispersity (polydispersity index, PDI) of the distribution of the molecular weight of the alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product is smaller than the dispersity of the distribution of the molecular weight of the hydrocarbon polymer (reactant) prior to depolymerization. Typically, the alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a dispersity of less than 4.0, less than 3.5, less than 3.0, less than 2.5, less than 2.0, less than 1.5, less than 1.3, less than 1.2, between 1.1 and 1.5, between 1.1 and 1.4, between 1.1 and 1.3, between 1.1 and 1.2, or between 1.0 and 1.1. iii. Structure of the Alkylbenzene Compounds The alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product can contain two alkyl groups, three alkyl groups, four alkyl groups, five alkyl groups, or six alkyl groups, attached to the benzene ring. For example, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product can contain two alkyl groups, three alkyl groups, or four alkyl groups, attached to the benzene ring. Generally, the alkyl group of the alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product can be linear, branched, or cyclic. For example, the alkyl group of the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product can be a linear C1-C20 alkyl, a branched C4-C20 alkyl, or a cyclic C3-C20 alkyl, optionally, a linear C1-C15 alkyl, a branched C4-C15 alkyl, or a cyclic C3-C15 alkyl, optionally a linear C1-C12 alkyl, a branched C4-C12 alkyl, or a cyclic C3-C12 alkyl, optionally a 31 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT linear C1-C10 alkyl, a branched C4-C10 alkyl, or a cyclic C3-C10 alkyl, optionally a linear C1-C5 alkyl, a branched C4-C5 alkyl, or a cyclic C3-C5 alkyl. Optionally, the alkyl group of the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product is a linear C1-C20, C1-C15, C1-C12, C1-C10, C1-C8, C1-C5, C2-C20, C2-C15, C2-C12, C2-C10, C2-C8, C2-C5, C3-C20, C3-C15, C3-C12, C3-C10, C3-C8, C3-C5, C4-C20, C4-C15, C4-C12, C4-C10, C4-C8, C4-C5, C5-C20, C5-C15, C5-C12, C5-C10, or C5-C8 alkyl group. Optionally, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product contains one, two, three, four, or five alkyl groups attached to the benzene ring of the alkylbenzene compound. When two or more alkyl groups are attached to the benzene ring of the alkylbenzene compound, the alkyl groups can be arranged at any suitable relative positions. For example, when two alkyl groups are attached to the benzene ring of the alkylbenzene compound, the second alkyl group may be at the ortho-, para-, or meta- position relative to the first alkyl group. Optionally, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a structure of Formula (I).
Figure imgf000033_0001
wherein R1-R6 are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group (such as a C1-C20 alkyl group, a C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group), and wherein at least one of R1-R6 is an alkyl group. Optionally, at least one of R1-R6 of Formula (I), such as one, two, three, four, five, or six of R1-R6 of Formula (I), is/are a linear C1-C20 alkyl group, a branched C4-C20 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C20 alkyl group, a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a branched C4-C15 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a branched C4-C12 alkyl group, a cyclic C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a branched C4-C10 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a branched C4-C8 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, a branched C4-C6 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C6 alkyl group, a linear C1- C5 alkyl group, a branched C4-C5 alkyl group, or a cyclic C3-C5 alkyl group, such as a linear C1- 32 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT C20 alkyl group, a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, or a linear C1-C5 alkyl group. Optionally, at least one of R1-R6 of Formula (I), such as two, three, or four of R1-R6 of Formula (I), is/are a linear C1-C20 alkyl group, a branched C4-C20 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C20 alkyl group, a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a branched C4-C15 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a branched C4-C12 alkyl group, a cyclic C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a branched C4-C10 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a branched C4-C8 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, a branched C4-C6 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C6 alkyl group, a linear C1-C5 alkyl group, a branched C4-C5 alkyl group, or a cyclic C3-C5 alkyl group, such as a linear C1-C20 alkyl group, a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, or a linear C1-C5 alkyl group. For example, at least one of R1-R6 of Formula (I), such as one, two, three, four, five, or six of R1-R6 of Formula (I), are independently -CH2R, wherein R is hydrogen, a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a branched C4-C15 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a branched C4-C12 alkyl group, a cyclic C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a branched C4-C10 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a branched C4-C8 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, a branched C4-C6 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C6 alkyl group, a linear C1-C5 alkyl group, a branched C4-C5 alkyl group, or a cyclic C3-C5 alkyl group, such as a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, or a linear C1- C5 alkyl group. For example, at least one of R1-R6 of Formula (I), such as two, three, or four of R1-R6 of Formula (I), are independently -CH2R, wherein R is hydrogen, a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a branched C4-C15 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a branched C4-C12 alkyl group, a cyclic C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a branched C4-C10 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a branched C4-C8 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, a branched C4-C6 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C6 alkyl group, a linear C1-C5 alkyl group, a branched C4-C5 alkyl group, or a cyclic C3-C5 alkyl group, such as a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, or a linear C1- C5 alkyl group. 33 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT Optionally, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has a structure of:
Figure imgf000035_0001
,
Figure imgf000035_0002
where each R is independently hydrogen, a C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group, such as a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a branched C4- C15 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a branched C4-C12 alkyl group, a cyclic C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a branched C4-C10 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a branched C4-C8 alkyl group, a cyclic C3- C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, a branched C4-C6 alkyl group, a cyclic C3-C6 alkyl 34 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT group, a linear C1-C5 alkyl group, a branched C4-C5 alkyl group, or a cyclic C3-C5 alkyl group, such as a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, or a linear C1-C5 alkyl group, for example, a linear C1-C15 alkyl group, a linear C1-C12 alkyl group, a linear C1-C10 alkyl group, a linear C1-C8 alkyl group, a linear C1-C6 alkyl group, or a linear C1-C5 alkyl group. For example, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has the structure of Formula (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), (IV’’), (V), (V’), or (V’’), where R is as defined above. For example, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has the structure of Formula (II), (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), (IV’’), (V), (V’), or (V’’), where R is as defined above. For example, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has the structure of Formula (II), (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), or (IV’’), where R is as defined above. In some forms, the alkylbenzene compound or each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has the structure of Formula (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), (IV’’), (V), (V’), (V’’), or (VI), where two R groups are independently a linear C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C3-C12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C4-C15 alkyl group, a linear C4-C12 alkyl group, a linear C4-C10 alkyl group, or a linear C4-C8 alkyl group, such as a linear C4 or a linear C5 alkyl group; and the other R group(s) is/are hydrogen. In some forms, the product containing alkylbenzene compounds having such structures may be more biodegradable compared to alkylbenzene compounds having a single, long, branched alkyl chain attached to .
Figure imgf000036_0001
each alkylbenzene compound in the liquid product has the structure of Formula (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), or (IV’’), where two R groups are independently a linear C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C3-C12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C4-C15 alkyl group, a linear C4-C12 alkyl group, a linear C4-C10 alkyl group, or a linear C4-C8 alkyl group, such as a linear C4 or a linear C5 alkyl group; and the other R is hydrogen. In some forms, the liquid product can contain an alkylbenzene compound having the structure of Formula (III), (III’), or (III’’), where each R is independently a linear C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C3-C12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a 35 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT linear C4-C15 alkyl group, a linear C4-C12 alkyl group, a linear C4-C10 alkyl group, or a linear C4- C8 alkyl group, such as a linear C4 or a linear C5 alkyl group. In some forms, the liquid product can contain an alkylbenzene compound having the structure of Formula (IV), (IV’), or (IV’’), where two R groups are independently a linear C3- C15 alkyl group, a linear C3-C12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C4-C15 alkyl group, a linear C4-C12 alkyl group, a linear C4-C10 alkyl group, or a linear C4-C8 alkyl group, such as a linear C4 or a linear C5 alkyl group; and the other R is hydrogen. In some forms, the liquid product can contain an alkylbenzene compound having the .
Figure imgf000037_0001
Optionally, the liquid product further contains one or more other aromatic compounds that are not alkylbenzene compounds (such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or one or more polyaromatic compounds), one or more alkanes, and/or one or more non-aromatic unsaturated compounds (such as olefins). Additionally or alternatively, in addition to the liquid, the product further contains a wax. The wax typically contains long chain alkanes, i.e., C41- C100 alkanes. The presence of wax in the product typically indicates that the depolymerization reaction is not completed and can further proceed for a longer period of time to convert the wax to liquid. The alkanes in the liquid product typically have a carbon number in a range from 7 to 40. The alkylpolyaromatic compounds and polyaromatic compounds can each contain two aromatic rings, three aromatic rings, four aromatic rings, five aromatic rings, or six aromatic rings. For example, the alkylpolyaromatic compound in the liquid product is alkylnaphthalene, alkylanthracene, or alkylphenanthrene, or a combination thereof. Optionally, the alkylpolyaromatic compound in the liquid product is a partially hydrogenated analog of a polycyclic aromatic compound. For example, the alkylpolyaromatic compound in the liquid product is a partially hydrogenated analog of alkylnaphthalene, i.e., alkyltetralin. The non- aromatic unsaturated compound in the liquid product can be an olefin. Olefins are unsaturated hydrocarbons that contain at least one carbon-carbon double bond. The olefin in the product can be linear, branched, or cyclic. 36 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT For example, in addition to the alkylbenzene compound(s), the product further contains one or more polyaromatic compounds (e.g. naphthalene, anthracene, phenanthrene, or a partially hydrogenated analog thereof, such as tetralin, or a combination thereof), one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds (e.g. alkylnaphthalene, alkylanthracene, alkylphenanthrene, or a partially hydrogenated analog thereof, such as alkyltetralin, or a combination thereof), one or more C7-C40 alkanes, and/or one or more olefins (e.g., a diene and/or a cycloalkene). The other aromatic compounds and non-aromatic unsaturated compounds can contain any number of carbons described above for the alkylbenzene compound. The other aromatic compounds and non-aromatic unsaturated compounds can have a Mw or Mn as described above for the alkylbenzene compound. The other aromatic compound(s), alkane(s), and/or non-aromatic unsaturated compounds in the liquid product, and/or the long-chain alkanes in the wax, when present, can be separated from the alkylbenzene compounds in the liquid product. For example, after exiting the reactor, the product stream 110 containing a liquid and optionally a wax can be fed into a separation unit. For example, as shown in Figure 12, the separation unit 20 separates the liquid and optionally wax product stream 110 to produce a C6-C10 alkane and C6-C10 aromatic compound stream 111, an alkane stream 112 (e.g., a mixture of alkanes, such as alkanes with carbon numbers ranging from 11 to 80 or from 16 to 22), and an alkylaromatic stream 113. The alkylaromatic stream 113 may contain predominantly alkylbenzene compound(s) or a mixture of alkylbenzene compound(s) and alkylpolyaromatic compound(s) that may be subjected to further separation to produce an alkylbenzene stream. 4. Gas The process described herein may also produce other compounds that are not in the form of a liquid or wax. For example, depolymerization of the solid waste using the process described herein may also produce a gas. Generally, the gas contains a saturated or unsaturated compound, optionally more than one saturated or unsaturated compound, such as a saturated C1-C6 alkane, hydrogen, benzene, or toluene, or a combination thereof. Optionally, the saturated C1-C6 alkane in the produced gas can be linear, branched, or cyclic. For example, the saturated alkane is a linear C1-C6 saturated alkane, a branched C4-C6 saturated alkane, or a cyclic C3-C6 saturated alkane, optionally a linear C1-C6 saturated alkane, a branched C4-C6 saturated alkane, or a cyclic C3-C6 saturated alkane. 37 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT For example, the gas produced from depolymerization of the solid waste contains C1-C6 saturated alkanes, such as C3H8, norm-butane, iso-butane, norm-pentane, and/or pentane isomers (such as isopentane, neopentane). 5. Operating Conditions The reactor is operated at a suitable temperature, under a suitable H2 pressure, and for a period of time sufficient to convert the solid hydrocarbon polymer of the waste material to the product containing a liquid and optionally a wax. The liquid contains one or more alkylbenzene compounds. Optionally, the liquid product further contains other aromatic compounds that are not alkylbenzene compounds, such as one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or polyaromatic compounds. When other aromatic compounds are present in the liquid product, the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%. a. Temperature, Pressure, and Period of time Typically, the operating temperature for the reactor is relatively low, for example, the operating temperature does not exceed 500 °C. Such low operating temperatures allow for energy-efficient depolymerization of waste hydrocarbon polymers. Optionally, the temperature sufficient to convert the waste hydrocarbon polymer to the product that contains a liquid containing one or more alkylbenzene compounds is up to 500C̊ , up to 450 ̊C, up to 400 ̊C, up to 350 ̊C, up to 320C̊ , up to 300C̊ , up to 290 C̊, between 250C̊ and 500C̊ , between 250 C̊ and 450C̊ , between 250C̊ and 400C̊ , between 300C̊ and 500 ̊C, between 320C̊ and 500 ̊C, between 300 ̊C and 450 ̊C, between 320 ̊C and 450 ̊C, between 300 ̊C and 400C̊ , between 300 C̊ and 360C̊ , between 250C̊ and 350C̊ , between 250C̊ and 350 ̊C, between 250C̊ and 320 ̊C, or between 250C̊ and 300C̊ , such as about 280 ̊C. The temperature is selected based on the hydrocarbon polymer(s) in the waste material, the catalyst, and/or the H2 pressure under which the reactor is operated. For example, when a Pt/silica-Al2O3 catalyst is used for depolymerization of the waste material, the temperature sufficient to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to the product is up to 350 ̊C, up to 320C̊ , up to 300 ̊C, up to 290C̊ , between 250C̊ and 350C̊ , between 250C̊ and 320C̊ , or between 250 ̊C and 300 ̊C, such as about 280°C. For example, when a Pt/silica-Al2O3 catalyst is used for depolymerization of polyethylene, the temperature sufficient to convert the hydrocarbon 38 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT polymer to the product is up to 350 ̊C, up to 320 ̊C, up to 300 ̊C, up to 290C̊ , between 250 ̊C and 350 ̊C, between 250 ̊C and 320C̊ , or between 250 ̊C and 300 ̊C, such as about 280°C. Typically, the H2 pressure under which the reactor is operated for depolymerization of the plastic waste material is effective to produce the liquid product containing alkylbenzene compound(s) with an alkylbenzene mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product. For example, when the reactor operates under a constant H2 pressure to form the liquid product, the P(H2) in the reactor can be in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm to depolymerize a plastic waste material contained therein, and the liquid product obtained from the depolymerization reaction contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product. When the P(H2) under which the reactor is operated to form the liquid product is varied from a first P(H2) to a second P(H2), the first P(H2) can be effective to depolymerize the plastic waste material contained therein and form fragments of hydrocarbon polymer, and the second P(H2) can be effective to form the liquid product that contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product. Typically, the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2). In these forms, operating the reactor under the first high P(H2) can break the long chain of the hydrocarbon polymer of the waste and form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer having lower weight average molecular weight (Mw). Generally, when the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer obtained under the first P(H2) reach an average chain length of ≤100 carbon atoms, the P(H2) in the reactor can be adjusted to the second, lower P(H2). Operating the reactor under the second, lower P(H2) can form the liquid product containing alkylbenzene compound(s). In some forms, the first P(H2) can range from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm, and the second P(H2) can range from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. In some forms, the second P(H2) can be 0, such that the reactor is operated under an inert gas pressure, for example, an argon pressure ranging from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. When the P(H2) under which the reactor is operated to form the liquid product is varied from a first P(H2) to a second P(H2) then to a third P(H2). Typically, the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2), such as those described above, and the third P(H2) is higher than the second P(H2). In these forms, the first high P(H2) can break the long chain of the hydrocarbon polymer 39 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT of the waste and form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer having lower weight average molecular weight (Mw); the second lower P(H2) can form a liquid containing aromatic compounds (which include alkylbenzenes, polyaromatics, etc.); and the third P(H2) can form the liquid product that contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product. In these forms, the first P(H2) in the reactor can be adjusted to the lower, second P(H2) when the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer obtained under the first P(H2) reach an average chain length of ≤100 carbon atoms; and the second P(H2) in the reactor can be adjusted to the higher, third P(H2) when the total yield of the aromatic compounds reaches a plateau, such as determined using 1H NMR spectroscopy combined with gas chromatography. Operating the reactor under the third P(H2) can suppress the formation of polyaromatics and further increase the formation of alkylbenzene compounds. In some forms, the first P(H2) can range from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm, the second P(H2) can range from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm, and the third P(H2) can range from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5atm to 12 atm, or from 5 atm to 10 atm. In some forms, the second P(H2) can be 0, such that the reactor is operated under an inert gas pressure, for example, an argon pressure ranging from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. Typically, the period of time sufficient to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to the product is up to 24 hours, up to 6 hours, up to 5.5 hours, up to 5 hours, up to 4.5 hours, up to 4 hours, up to 3.5 hours, up to 3 hours, up to 2.5 hours, up to 2 hours, up to 1.5 hours, up to 1 hour, up to 55 minutes, up to 50 minutes, up to 45 minutes, up to 40 minutes, up to 35 minutes, up to 30 minutes, up to 25 minutes, up to 20 minutes, up to 15 minutes, up to 10 minutes, up to 5 minutes, in a range from 5 minutes to 6 hours, from 5 minutes to 5.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 5 hours, from 5 minutes to 4.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 4 hours, from 5 minutes to 3.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 3 hours, from 5 minutes to 2.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 2 hours, from 5 minutes to 1.5 hours, from 1 minute to 1 hour, from 5 minutes to 1 hour, from 10 minutes to 1 hour, from 15 minutes to 1 hour, from 20 minutes to 1 hour, from 30 minutes to 1 hour, from 1 minute to 55 minutes, from 1 minute to 50 minutes, from 1 minute to 45 minutes, from 1 minute to 40 minutes, from 1 minute to 35 minutes, or from 1 minute to 30 minutes. When the hydrogen pressure in the reactor is varied, the reactor can be operated under each hydrogen pressure for any of the time periods described above. 40 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT For example, the depolymerization reaction can be performed at a suitable temperature, such as up to 500 ̊C, up to 450 ̊C, up to 400C̊ , up to 380C̊ , up to 350C̊ , up to 320C̊ , up to 300 ̊C, up to 290C̊ , between 250C̊ and 500C̊ , between 250C̊ and 450C̊ , between 250C̊ and 400 ̊C, between 320 ̊C and 500C̊ , between 320C̊ and 450C̊ , between 320C̊ and 400C̊ , between 350C̊ and 500 ̊C, between 350 ̊C and 450 ̊C, between 350 ̊C and 400 ̊C, between 250 ̊C and 360C̊ , between 250 C̊ and 350C̊ , between 250C̊ and 330C̊ , between 250C̊ and 320 ̊C, or between 250C̊ and 300 ̊C, such as about 280°C. When the hydrogen pressure in the reactor is varied, the reactor can be operated under each hydrogen pressure at any of the temperatures described above. For example, the depolymerization reaction is performed at any one of the temperatures above, under a constant H2 pressure, such as a constant H2 pressure in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm, for a suitable period of time, such as from 5 minutes to 6 hours, from 10 minutes to 6 hours, from 20 minutes to 6 hours, from 30 minutes to 6 hours, from 5 minutes to 5 hours, from 10 minutes to 5 hours, from 20 minutes to 5 hours, from 30 minutes to 5 hours, from 5 minutes to 4 hours, from 10 minutes to 4 hours, from 20 minutes to 4 hours, from 30 minutes to 4 hours, from 5 minutes to 3 hours, from 10 minutes to 3 hours, from 20 minutes to 3 hours, from 30 minutes to 3 hours, from 5 minutes to 2 hours, from 10 minutes to 2 hours, from 20 minutes to 2 hours, or from 30 minutes to 2 hours that are sufficient to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to the product that contains a liquid containing one or more alkylbenzene compounds. 6. Characterization of the Depolymerization Process The disclosed process for depolymerizing a solid waste containing hydrocarbon polymer(s) can be characterized by alkylbenzene yield and alkylbenzene mass selectivity. a. Yield Typically, the liquid product produced in the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) contains alkylbenzene compound(s) with a yield of at least 4 % or at least 5 %, by weight. The yield of alkylbenzene compound(s) is calculated as the sum of the weights of the alkylbenzene compound(s) in the liquid product divided by the sum of the weights of the hydrocarbon polymer(s) of the waste material, as a percentage. b. Selectivity The process disclosed herein may produce other compounds in the liquid product that are not alkylbenzene compounds, such as other aromatic compounds (e.g., alkylpolyaromatic compounds and/or polyaromatic compounds), non-aromatic unsaturated compounds, and/or 41 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT alkanes. For example, depolymerization of polyethylene using the disclosed process produces alkylbenzene compound(s), such as one or more alkylbenzene compounds as described above, and one or more alkylpolyaromatic compounds such as those described above, in the liquid product. The mass selectivity of the disclosed process to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to the alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product can be measured by NMR in combination with GPC or GC-FID. Exemplary methods for determining the selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product, are shown in Example 1. Typically, the disclosed process is able to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to the liquid product with an alkylbenzene mass selectivity of at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%, relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid product. For example, as shown in Figure 12, the mass selectivity of the alkylbenzene compound(s) in the liquid of product stream 110 can be at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%, relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid of product stream 110. C. Optional Steps 1. Processing the waste hydrocarbon polymer The process optionally includes a step of processing the waste material containing one or more hydrocarbon polymers to a suitable form prior to step (i) or subsequent to step (i) and prior to step (ii). Generally, the waste material containing one or more hydrocarbon polymer(s) is processed to a form that improves the contact between the polymer and the catalyst. For example, the waste material is in the form of a solid and the solid waste is processed by shredding, cutting, and/or grinding the waste hydrocarbon polymer to small parts prior to feeding it into the reactor, such that the contact between processed solid waste and the catalyst is improved compared with the solid waste prior to processing. Optionally, the waste material is in the form of a solid and the solid waste is dissolved in a solvent, optionally in a hydrocarbon solvent, prior to feeding it into the reactor or the waste is dissolved in the solvent in the reactor after feeding it into the reactor and prior to the depolymerization reaction, such that the contact between the dissolved solid waste and the 42 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT catalyst is improved compared with the solid waste without dissolving. For example, the solvent is fed into the reactor, and the solid waste is subsequently fed into the reactor and dissolved in the solvent. Alternatively, the solid waste is fed into the reactor and the solvent is subsequently fed into the reactor and dissolves the solid waste. Optionally, the solid waste and the solvent are fed into the reactor simultaneously or substantially simultaneously, and the solid waste is dissolved in the solvent in the reactor. Typically, the hydrocarbon solvent is a small hydrocarbon solvent, i.e., a hydrocarbon solvent containing less than 11 carbon atoms. Suitable hydrocarbon solvents for dissolving the solid waste include, but are not limited to, hexane, cyclohexane, isopentane, a mixture of n- pentane and isopentane (e.g. pentane 60/40 and pentane 80/20), toluene, TOPSol (e.g. TOPSol 60/145, TOPSol A100, TOPSol A150, TOPSol A150ND, TOPSol BF, TOPSol X2000, and TOPSol 2046), a mixture of paraffins, cycliparaffins, and aromatics (WS 200), xylene, benzene, ethylbenzene, and a mixture of xylene and ethylbenzene. For example, as shown in Figure 12, a solvent can be fed into the reactor 10 via a reagent stream 200 prior to feeding the waste material, or subsequent to feeding the waste material and prior to the depolymerization reaction, or simultaneously or substantially simultaneously with feeding the waste material, such that the solid waste is dissolved in the solvent in the reactor. 2. Feeding hydrogen gas Optionally, the process includes, during step (ii), a step of feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor. The step of feeding H2 gas may occur one or more times during the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) to maintain a sufficient H2 pressure in the reactor for achieving an alkylbenzene mass selectivity of at least 25% relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid of the product. Optionally, the process includes, after step (ii), a step of removing hydrogen gas and optionally hydrocarbon gas from the reactor and then feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor to achieve a second value for P(H2) in the reactor that is different from the P(H2) in step (ii). Subsequent to the feeding of hydrogen gas, the process may include a step of (d) operating the reactor at a suitable temperature, under the second P(H2), and for a sufficient period of time to convert any unreacted hydrocarbon polymer to a second product. The second product may contain a liquid and/or a wax, and the liquid may contain one or more alkylbenzene compounds, such as those described above. The specific temperature and time period for the subsequent depolymerization reaction performed under the second P(H2) depends on the specific catalyst and/or plastic waste material used in the reaction, and may be the same or different from those 43 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT used in step (ii). In the depolymerization reaction performed under the second P(H2) in step (d) (that is different from the P(H2) used in step (ii)), the pressure in the reactor can range from 0.01 atm to 50 atm, from 0.1 atm to 50 atm, from 0.5 atm to 40 atm, from 0.1 atm to 40 atm, from 0.1 atm to 30 atm, from 0.1 atm to 20 atm, from 0.1 atm to 10 atm, from 0.1 atm to 5 atm, or from 0.5 atm to 5 atm, such as from 1 atm to 2 atm. 3. Cooling the reactor to room temperature The process optionally includes a step of cooling the reactor to a temperature below 50°C at 1 atm, such as to room temperature, after the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) or optional step (d). The reactor may be cooled by any suitable method. For example, the reactor can be cooled in an airflow or in a water bath of room temperature (i.e., 22°C-25°C at 1 atm). 4. Recycling the catalyst The method may include a step of recycling the catalyst after the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) or optional step (d). Typically, the catalyst can be recycled and reused for the depolymerization reaction without significant loss of activity. For example, the catalyst can be recycled and reused for the depolymerization reaction with less than 5%, less than 10%, or less than 20% decrease in alkylbenzene yield. Optionally, the selectivity of the process to form alkylbenzene compounds relative to all aromatic compounds using a recycled catalyst is the same or substantially the same as that using a fresh catalyst. The catalyst can be recycled and reused at least 2 times, at least 3 times, at least 4 times, at least 5 times, at least 6 times, at least 7 times, at least 8 times, at least 9 times, or at least 10 times. Catalyst may be recycled by oxidation with an oxidizing gas and then optionally reduced with a reducing gas. a. Oxidation After the depolymerization reaction in step (ii) or optional step (d), the catalyst is recycled. For example, the catalyst is exposed to an oxidizing gas to oxidize the catalyst. Examples of suitable oxidizing gas for oxidizing the catalyst include, but are not limited to, oxygen and air. For example, the oxidizing gas is oxygen. Generally, the catalyst is oxidized with an oxidizing gas at a temperature at least 200 °C, at least 250 °C, at least 300 °C, up to 450 °C, up to 400 °C, from 200 °C to 450 °C, from 250 °C to 450 °C, or from 300 °C to 450 °C, such as from 350 °C to 450 °C. Generally, the catalyst is oxidized with the oxidizing gas for a time period at least 10 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 40 minutes, at least 50 minutes, at least 44 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 1 hour, up to 5 hours, up to 4 hours, u pto 3 hours, up to 2 hours, between 10 minutes and 2 hours, between 30 minutes and 2 hours, or between 1 hour and 2 hours. For example, the oxidation is performed at a temperature at least 200 °C, at least 250 °C, at least 300 °C, up to 450 °C, up to 400 °C, from 200 °C to 450 °C, from 250 °C to 450 °C, or from 300 °C to 450 °C, for a time period at least 10 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 40 minutes, at least 50 minutes, at least 1 hour, up to 5 hours, up to 4 hours, up to 3 hours, up to 2 hours, between 10 minutes and 2 hours, between 30 minutes and 2 hours, or between 1 hour and 2 hours. For example, the oxidation is performed at a temperature from 250 °C to 450 °C for a time period between 10 minutes and 2 hours or between 30 minutes and 2 hours. b. Reduction Optionally, after oxidation the oxidized catalyst is reduced with a reducing gas. Examples of suitable reducing gas for reducing the oxidized catalyst include, but are not limited to, hydrogen, carbon monoxide, ammonia, methane, and nitric oxide. For example, the reducing gas is hydrogen. The reduction temperature can be at least 150 °C, at least 200 °C, at least 250 °C, up to 400 °C, up to 350 °C, up to 300 °C, between 150 °C and 400 °C, between 150 °C and 350 °C, or between 150 °C and 300 °C, such as between 200 °C and 300 °C. Typically, the reduction temperature is lower than the oxidation temperature. For example, the catalyst is oxidized at 400 °C and then reduced at 250 °C. The period of time for the reduction step can be the same, substantially the same, or different than the period of time for the oxidation step. For example, the reduction step is performed at a temperature at least 150 °C, at least 200 °C, at least 250 °C, up to 400 °C, up to 350 °C, up to 300 °C, between 150 °C and 400 °C, between 150 °C and 350 °C, or between 150 °C and 300 °C for a period of time at least 10 minutes, at least 20 minutes, at least 30 minutes, at least 40 minutes, at least 50 minutes, at least 1 hour, up to 5 hours, up to 4 hours, up to 3 hours, up to 2 hours, between 10 minutes and 2 hours, between 30 minutes and 2 hours, or between 1 hour and 2 hours. For example, the oxidation is performed at a temperature from 250 °C to 450 °C for a time period between 10 minutes and 2 hours or between 30 minutes and 2 hours, and the reduction is performed at a temperature between 200 °C and 300 °C for a time period between 30 minutes and 3 hours or between 1 hour and 3 hours. 45 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT Optionally, the period of time for the reduction step is different than the period of time for the oxidation step. The period of time for the reduction step may be longer or shorter than the period of time for the oxidation step. For example, the period of time for the oxidation step is 2 hours, and the period of time for the reduction step is 3 hours. 7. Separating the Liquid and/or Wax Product When the product formed in step (ii) contains a liquid and a wax, the upcycling process can include a step of separating the liquid and wax in the product and optionally further separates the compounds in the liquid product subsequent to step (ii). For example, as shown in Figure 12, the product stream 110 containing a liquid and a wax enters into a separation unit 20 and is separated into two or more streams. The product stream 110 enters into separation unit 20 and is separated into three streams: an alkylaromatic compound stream 113, an alkane stream 112 (i.e., a mixture of alkanes, such as alkanes with carbon numbers ranging from 11 to 80 or from 16-22), and an C6-C10 alkane and C6-C10 aromatic stream 111. Suitable separators that can be used for the step of separating the liquid and/or wax product are known. For example, the liquid and/or wax product can be separated by distillation as described in U.S. Patent No.2,848,387 to Glazier, et al. and U.S. Patent No.3,308,060 to Ellis. As noted in Example 1 below, the wax generally contains a negligible amount of alkylaromatic compounds, such as less than 1% by weight. 8. Feeding Catalyst into the Reactor The process optionally includes a step of feeding the catalyst into the reactor prior to step (i), or subsequent to step (i) and prior to step (ii), or simultaneously or substantially simultaneously with step (i). The catalyst in the reactor is in contact with the hydrocarbon polymer of the waste material. For example, as shown in Figure 12, the catalyst is fed into the reactor 10 via a catalyst stream 200 prior to feeding the waste material, or subsequent to feeding the waste material and prior to the depolymerization reaction, or simultaneously or substantially simultaneously with feeding the waste material. The disclosed processes and compositions can be further understood through the following enumerated paragraphs. 1. A process for upcycling a waste material, wherein the waste material comprises a hydrocarbon polymer, comprising (i) feeding the waste material into a reactor, wherein the reactor comprises a catalyst therein, 46 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT wherein the catalyst comprises a transition metal; and (ii) operating the reactor at a sufficient temperature, under a sufficient hydrogen gas pressure (P(H2)), and for a sufficient period of time to convert the hydrocarbon polymer to a product comprising a liquid, wherein the liquid comprises an alkylbenzene compound. 2. The process of paragraph 1, wherein the liquid further comprises one or more other aromatic compounds and optionally one or more alkane and/or one or more non-aromatic compounds. 3. The process of paragraph 2, wherein the mass selectivity of alkylbenzene compound relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%. 4. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-3, wherein the hydrocarbon polymer is polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, a copolymer of polyethylene and polypropylene, or acrylonitrile butadiene styrene. 5. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-4, wherein the alkylbenzene compound contains from 7 to 40 carbon atoms or from 10 to 30 carbon atoms. 6. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-5, wherein the alkylbenzene compound has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in a range from 150 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 600 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 500 g mol-1, or from 200 g mol-1 to 400 g mol1. 7. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-6, wherein the alkylbenezene has a structure of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000048_0001
wherein R1-R6 are independently hydrogen, an alkyl group, and wherein at least one of R1-R6 is an alkyl group. 8. The process of paragraph 7, wherein R1-R6 are independently hydrogen or -CH2R, wherein R is a hydrogen, C1-C19 alkyl group, C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group. 47 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 9. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-8, wherein the alkylbenzene has a structure of: , (III’’)
Figure imgf000049_0001
Figure imgf000049_0002
wherein each R is independently hydrogen, a C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group. 10. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-9, wherein the transition metal is selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 11. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-10, wherein the catalyst comprises more than one transition metal, wherein each of the transition metals is selected from the group consisting 48 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 12. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-11, wherein the catalyst comprises more than one transition metal, wherein each of the transition metals is selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten; and wherein the catalyst further comprises a second metal, wherein the second metal is different from each of the transition metals, and wherein the second metal is selected from the group consisting of rhenium, tin, lead, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, manganese, and zinc, or a combination thereof 13. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-12, wherein the catalyst is a metal, a mixture of two or more metals comprising the transition metal, a metal oxide of the transition metal, or a metal carbide of the transition metal, or a combination thereof. 14. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-13, wherein the catalyst is dispersed on a surface of a first support and wherein the catalyst is in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof. 15. The process of paragraph 14, wherein the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles, wherein the first support is an aluminum oxide support or silica-aluminum oxide support, and wherein the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of the aluminum oxide support or silica- aluminum oxide support. 16. The process of paragraph 14 or 15, further comprising a second support, wherein the first support having the catalyst dispersed thereon is mixed with the second support and the second support is an acidic support. 17. The process of paragraph 16, wherein the second support is a halogenated alumina support, optionally a fluorinated alumina support, and the weight percentage of the halogen, optionally the fluorine, in the second support is in a range from 0.1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 3%, from 0.5% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1.5%, optionally about 0.7% or about 1.3%. 18. The process of any one of paragraphs 14-17, wherein the total weight loading of the metal is in a range from 0.1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 1 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 5 wt%, from 1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 1 wt% to 8 wt%, or from 1 wt% to 5 wt% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first support or the total weight of the catalyst and the first and second support. 49 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 19. The process of any one of paragraphs 16-18, wherein the weight percentage of the second support is in a range from 2% to 90%, from 2% to 50%, from 2% to 35%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 30%, from 15% to 40%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 40%, or from 20% to 35% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first and second support. 20. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-19, wherein during step (ii), the reactor is operated at a temperature of up to 500C̊ , up to 450 ̊C, up to 400 ̊C, up to 350C̊ , up to 320C̊ , up to 300C̊ , up to 290C̊ , between 250C̊ and 500C̊ , between 250C̊ and 450 ̊C, between 250 ̊C and 400 ̊C, between 300 ̊C and 500C̊ , between 320C̊ and 500C̊ , between 300C̊ and 450C̊ , between 320C̊ and 450 ̊C, between 300 ̊C and 400 ̊C, between 300 ̊C and 360 ̊C, between 250 ̊C and 350C̊ , between 250C̊ and 350C̊ , between 250C̊ and 320C̊ , or between 250 ̊C and 300C̊ . 21. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-20, wherein during step (ii), the reactor is operated under a H2 pressure in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm. 22. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-21, wherein during step (ii), the reactor is operated for a period of time of up to 24 hours, up to 6 hours, up to 5.5 hours, up to 5 hours, up to 4.5 hours, up to 4 hours, up to 3.5 hours, up to 3 hours, up to 2.5 hours, up to 2 hours, up to 1.5 hours, up to 1 hour, up to 55 minutes, up to 50 minutes, up to 45 minutes, up to 40 minutes, up to 35 minutes, up to 30 minutes, up to 25 minutes, up to 20 minutes, up to 15 minutes, up to 10 minutes, up to 5 minutes, in a range from 5 minutes to 6 hours, from 5 minutes to 5.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 5 hours, from 5 minutes to 4.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 4 hours, from 5 minutes to 3.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 3 hours, from 5 minutes to 2.5 hours, from 5 minutes to 2 hours, from 5 minutes to 1.5 hours, from 1 minute to 1 hour, from 5 minutes to 1 hour, from 10 minutes to 1 hour, from 15 minutes to 1 hour, from 20 minutes to 1 hour, from 30 minutes to 1 hour, from 1 minute to 55 minutes, from 1 minute to 50 minutes, from 1 minute to 45 minutes, from 1 minute to 40 minutes, from 1 minute to 35 minutes, or from 1 minute to 30 minutes. 23. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-22, wherein following steps (i) and (ii), the yield of the alkylbenzene compound in the product is at least 4 % or at least 5 %. 24. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-23, wherein the hydrocarbon polymer is a high density polyethylene polymer or a low density polyethylene polymer, or a combination thereof. 25. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-24, further comprising a step of (a) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (ii). 26. The process of paragraph 25, further comprising purifying the hydrogen gas prior to step (a). 50 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 27. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-26, further comprising a step of (b) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (ii) to maintain the P(H2), wherein step (b) occurs one or more times. 28. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-27, further comprising a step of (c) after step (ii), removing hydrogen gas from the reactor and feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor. 29. The process of paragraph 28, wherein following step (c), the reactor is under a second P(H2) that is different from the P(H2) in step (ii). 30. The process of paragraph 29, further comprising a step of (d) operating the reactor at a second sufficient temperature, under the second P(H2), and for a second sufficient period of time to convert unreacted hydrocarbon polymer to a second product comprising a liquid, wherein the liquid comprises an alkylbenzene compound. 31. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-30, further comprising a step of (iii) processing the waste to a suitable form prior to step (i). 32. The process of paragraph 31, wherein the waste is in the form of solid waste, and wherein step (iii) includes shredding, cutting, and/or grinding the waste hydrocarbon polymer to small parts. 33. The process of paragraph 31, wherein the waste is in the form of solid waste, and wherein the process further comprises, prior to step (i), a step of dissolving the solid waste in a solvent, optionally in a hydrocarbon solvent. 34. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-33, further comprising a step of (iv) cooling the reactor to room temperature after step (ii). 35. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-34, further comprising a step of (v) recycling the catalyst after step (ii). 36. The process of any one of paragraphs 25-35, further comprising separating the liquid and wax in the product after step (ii). 37. A composition comprising an alkylbenzene compound, wherein the composition is in the form of a liquid, and wherein the composition is produced by the process of any one of paragraphs 1 to 36. The disclosed processes and compositions can be further understood through the following enumerated paragraphs. 1. A process for upcycling a waste material, wherein the waste material comprises a hydrocarbon polymer, comprising (i) feeding the waste material into a reactor, 51 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT wherein the reactor comprises a catalyst therein, wherein the catalyst comprises a transition metal; and (ii) operating the reactor under a sufficient hydrogen gas pressure (P(H2)) to form a product comprising a liquid comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s). 2. The process of paragraph 1, wherein the liquid further comprises one or more other aromatic compounds and optionally one or more alkane and/or one or more non-aromatic compounds. 3. The process of paragraph 2, wherein the mass selectivity of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%. 4. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-3, wherein the hydrocarbon polymer is polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, a copolymer of polyethylene and polypropylene, or acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, optionally wherein the hydrocarbon polymer is polyethylene. 5. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-4, wherein the number of carbon atoms in each of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) ranges from 7 to 40 carbon atoms or from 10 to 30 carbon atoms. 6. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-5, wherein each of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in a range from 150 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 600 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 500 g mol-1, or from 200 g mol-1 to 400 g mol1. 7. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-6, wherein each of the one or more alkylbenezene compound(s) has a structure of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000053_0001
wherein R1-R6 are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group, and wherein at least one of R1-R6 is an alkyl group, optionally wherein the alkyl group is -CH2R, and R is a hydrogen, C1- 52 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT C19 alkyl group, C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group. 8. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-7, wherein the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) are independently: , (III’’)
Figure imgf000054_0001
,
Figure imgf000054_0002
wherein each R is independently hydrogen, a C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group. 9. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-8, wherein the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) are independently: 53 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT , (III’’)
Figure imgf000055_0001
. .
Figure imgf000055_0002
10. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-9, wherein the transition metal is selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 11. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-10, wherein the catalyst comprises more than one transition metal, wherein each of the transition metals is independently selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 12. The process of paragraph 11, wherein the catalyst further comprises a second metal, wherein the second metal is different from each of the transition metals, and wherein the second metal is selected from the group consisting of rhenium, tin, lead, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, manganese, and zinc, or a combination thereof 13. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-12, wherein the catalyst is the transition metal, a mixture of two or more metals comprising the transition metal, a metal oxide of the transition metal, or a metal carbide of the transition metal, or a combination thereof. 14. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-13, wherein the catalyst is dispersed on a surface of a first support and wherein the catalyst is in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof. 15. The process of paragraph 14, wherein the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles, wherein the first support is an aluminum oxide support or silica-aluminum oxide support. 16. The process of paragraph 14 or 15, further comprising a second support, wherein the first support is combined with the second support and the second support is an acidic support. 54 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 17. The process of paragraph 16, wherein the second support is a halogenated alumina support, optionally a fluorinated alumina support, and the weight percentage of the halogen, optionally the fluorine, in the second support is in a range from 0.1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 3%, from 0.5% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1.5%, optionally about 0.7% or about 1.3%. 18. The process of any one of paragraphs 14-17, wherein the total weight loading of the transition metal is in a range from 0.1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 1 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 5 wt%, from 1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 1 wt% to 8 wt%, or from 1 wt% to 5 wt% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first support or the total weight of the catalyst and the first and second support. 19. The process of any one of paragraphs 16-18, wherein the weight percentage of the second support is in a range from 2% to 90%, from 2% to 50%, from 2% to 35%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 30%, from 15% to 40%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 40%, or from 20% to 35% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first and second support. 20. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-19, further comprising step (a) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (ii). 21. The process of paragraph 20, further comprising purifying the hydrogen gas prior to step (a). 22. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-21, further comprising step (b) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (ii) to maintain the P(H2), wherein step (b) occurs one or more times. 23. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-22, wherein during step (ii), the P(H2) in the reactor is in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm. 24. A process for upcycling a waste material, wherein the waste material comprises a hydrocarbon polymer, comprising (i) feeding the waste material into a reactor, wherein the reactor comprises a catalyst therein, wherein the catalyst comprises a transition metal; (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H2) to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, and after step (iia), 55 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT (iib) operating the reactor at a second P(H2) to form a product comprising a liquid comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s), wherein the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2). 25. The process of paragraph 24, wherein step (iib) further comprises removing hydrogen gas from the reactor and, optionally, feeding an inert gas into the reactor to provide the second P(H2), and optionally, an inert gas pressure, in the reactor. 26. The process of paragraph 24 or 25, wherein the first P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm, and/or the second P(H2) ranges from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. 27. The process of paragraph 25 or 26, wherein in step (iib), the second P(H2) is 0 and the reactor is under the inert gas pressure ranging from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. 28. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-27, further comprising step (c) measuring the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers during step (iia) to determine the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fragments, wherein step (c) occurs one or more times. 29. A process for upcycling a waste material, wherein the waste material comprises a hydrocarbon polymer, comprising (i) feeding the waste material into a reactor, wherein the reactor comprises a catalyst therein, wherein the catalyst comprises a transition metal; (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H2), to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, after step (iia), (iib) operating the reactor at a second P(H2), to form aromatic compounds, and after step (iib), (iic) operating the reactor at a third P(H2), to form a product comprising a liquid comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s), wherein the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2), and the third P(H2) is higher than the second P(H2). 30. The process of paragraph 29, wherein step (iib) further comprises removing hydrogen gas from the reactor and, optionally, feeding an inert gas into the reactor to provide the second P(H2), and optionally, an inert gas pressure, in the reactor. 56 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 31. The process of paragraph 29 or 30, wherein the first P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm, and/or the second P(H2) ranges from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. 32. The process of 30 or 31, wherein the second P(H2) is 0 and the reactor is under an inert gas pressure ranging from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. 33. The process of any one of paragraphs 29-32, wherein step (iic) further comprises feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor to provide the third P(H2) in the reactor. 34. The process of any one of paragraphs 29-33, wherein third P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, or from 5 atm to 10 atm. 35. The process of any one of paragraphs 29-34, further comprising step (c) measuring the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers during step (iia) to determine the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fragments, wherein step (c) occurs one or more times. 36. The process of any one of paragraphs 29-35, further comprising step (d) measuring the aromatic compounds during step (iic) to determine the total yield of the aromatic compounds, wherein step (d) occurs one or more times. 37. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-36, further comprising step (a) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (iia). 38. The process of paragraph 37, further comprising purifying the hydrogen gas prior to step (a). 39. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-38, wherein the liquid further comprises one or more other aromatic compounds and optionally one or more alkane and/or one or more non- aromatic compounds. 40. The process of paragraph 39, wherein the mass selectivity of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%. 41. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-40, wherein the hydrocarbon polymer is polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, a copolymer of polyethylene and polypropylene, or acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, optionally wherein the hydrocarbon polymer is polyethylene. 57 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 42. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-41, wherein the number of carbon atoms in each of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) ranges from 7 to 40 carbon atoms or from 10 to 30 carbon atoms. 43. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-42, wherein each of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in a range from 150 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 600 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 500 g mol-1, or from 200 g mol-1 to 400 g mol1. 44. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-43, wherein each of the one or more alkylbenezene compound(s) has a structure of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000059_0001
wherein R1-R6 are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group, and wherein at least one of R1-R6 is an alkyl group, optionally wherein the alkyl group is -CH2R, and R is a hydrogen, C1- C19 alkyl group, C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group. 45. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-44, wherein the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) are independently:
Figure imgf000059_0002
ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT Formula (IV) Formula (IV’) Formula (IV’’)
Figure imgf000060_0001
wherein each R is independently hydrogen, a C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group. 46. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-45, wherein the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) are independently: ,
Figure imgf000060_0002
(III’’) .
Figure imgf000060_0003
. 47. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-46, wherein the transition metal is selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 59 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 48. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-47, wherein the catalyst comprises more than one transition metal, wherein each of the transition metals is independently selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 49. The process of paragraph 48, wherein the catalyst further comprises a second metal, wherein the second metal is different from each of the transition metals, and wherein the second metal is selected from the group consisting of rhenium, tin, lead, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, manganese, and zinc, or a combination thereof 50. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-49, wherein the catalyst is the transition metal, a mixture of two or more metals comprising the transition metal, a metal oxide of the transition metal, or a metal carbide of the transition metal, or a combination thereof. 51. The process of any one of paragraphs 24-50, wherein the catalyst is dispersed on a surface of a first support and wherein the catalyst is in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof. 52. The process of paragraph 51, wherein the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles, wherein the first support is an aluminum oxide support or silica-aluminum oxide support, and wherein the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of the aluminum oxide support or silica- aluminum oxide support. 53. The process of paragraph 51 or 52, wherein the first support is combined with a second support and the second support is an acidic support. 54. The process of paragraph 53, wherein the second support is a halogenated alumina support, optionally a fluorinated alumina support, and the weight percentage of the halogen, optionally the fluorine, in the second support is in a range from 0.1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 3%, from 0.5% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1.5%, optionally about 0.7% or about 1.3%. 55. The process of any one of paragraphs 51-54, wherein the total weight loading of the transition metal is in a range from 0.1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 1 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 5 wt%, from 1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 1 wt% to 8 wt%, or from 1 wt% to 5 wt% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first support or the total weight of the catalyst and the first and second support. 56. The process of any one of paragraphs 53-55, wherein the weight percentage of the second support is in a range from 2% to 90%, from 2% to 50%, from 2% to 35%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 60 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 30%, from 15% to 40%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 40%, or from 20% to 35% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first and second support. 57. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-56, wherein the yield of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) in the product is at least 4 % or at least 5 %. 58. The process of any one of paragraphs 1-57, wherein the waste is in the form of a solid, and wherein the process further comprises step (iii) processing the waste prior to step (i), wherein step (iii) includes shredding, cutting, and/or grinding the waste hydrocarbon polymer to small parts, or dissolving the solid waste in a solvent, optionally in a hydrocarbon solvent. 59. The process of any one of paragraphs 25-35, wherein the product further comprises a wax, and wherein the process further comprises step (e) separating the liquid and wax in the product. 60. A composition comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s), wherein the composition is in the form of a liquid, and wherein the composition is produced by the process of any one of paragraphs 1 to 59. 61. A composition comprising an alkylbenzene compound having the structure of: ,
Figure imgf000062_0001
61 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT or
Figure imgf000063_0001
wherein two R groups are independently a linear C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C3-C12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C4-C15 alkyl group, a linear C4-C12 alkyl group, a linear C4-C10 alkyl group, or a linear C4-C8 alkyl group, such as a linear C4 or a linear C5 alkyl group; and the other R group(s) are hydrogen. 62. The composition of paragraph 61, wherein the alkylbenzene compound has the structure of Formula (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), or (IV’’). 63. The composition of paragraph 61 or 62, wherein the alkylbenzene compound has the structure of Formula (III), (III’), or (III’’). 64. The composition of paragraph 61 or 62, wherein the alkylbenzene compound has the structure of Formula (IV), (IV’), or (IV’’). 65. The composition of any one of paragraphs 61-64, wherein the alkylbenzene compound has the . The
Figure imgf000063_0002
made clear by context, and no further limitation is implied. All methods described herein can be performed in any suitable order unless otherwise indicated herein or otherwise clearly contradicted by context. The use of any and all examples, or exemplary language (e.g., "such as") provided herein, is intended merely to better illuminate the invention and does not pose a limitation on the scope of the invention unless otherwise 62 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT claimed. No language in the specification should be construed as indicating any non-claimed element as essential to the practice of the invention. The present invention will be further understood by reference to the following non- limiting examples. Although the Examples described below are bench scale reactions, the conditions can be scaled up for use in industrial scale reactors to produce alkylbenzenes with the yield and selectivity that are similar to or substantially similar to those produced in the bench scale reactions described below. Examples Example 1. Selective polyethylene upcycling to alkylbenzenes under moderate hydrogen gas pressure (P(H2)) Materials and Methods Materials Trimethyl(cyclopentadienyl)platinum (CpPtMe3, 99%) was purchased from Strem. Silica−alumina (SiO2-Al2O3, Davicat 3113, 7.6 wt % Al, B.E.T. surface area 573 m2 g−1, pore volume 0.76 cm3 g−1) was obtained from Grace-Davison. A standard Pt solution containing (976 ± 2) mg Pt/kg in 5 % w/w HCl, pyridine (anhydrous, 99.8 %), polyethylenes of two different molecular weights (Lots SKU 427772 and SKU 427799), dichloromethane (>99.5 %), and phenanthrene (analytical standard) were purchased from MilliporeSigma. Nitric acid (68.0-70.0 wt%), hydrochloric acid (36.5-38.0 wt%), and chloroform (HPLC grade, OmniSolv®, CX1054-6) were obtained from EMD Millipore Corp. HPLC-grade water and HPLC-grade triethylamine were purchased from Fisher Chemicals. CD2Cl2 (D, 99.8 %) was purchased from Cambridge Isotope Laboratories. All chemicals were used as received. H2 (5 vol% in Ar, Airgas Certified Standard) was purified by passing through 13X molecular sieves and BTS catalyst (MilliporeSigma) before use for Pt reduction. Ar (UHP, Airgas) and H2 (UHP, Airgas) were used in the study of H2 effects. Propene (99.8 %) was obtained from PRAXAir. Carbon monoxide (9.890 vol% in He, Airgas Certified Standard) was used in pulsed CO chemisorption. Catalyst Synthesis Prior to Pt deposition, SiO2-Al2O3 (1.50 g) was first calcined in static air in a temperature-controlled muffle furnace (Thermo Scientific Lindberg/Blue M BF51848C) at 500 °C for 4 h. The calcined SiO2-Al2O3 was then dehydrated at ca.10-2 Torr and 400 °C for 8 h. Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 was prepared by chemical vapor deposition of CpPtMe3 (42 mg) onto dehydrated 63 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT SiO2-Al2O3 (1.5 g), followed by heating to 280 °C at a rate of 2 °C min-1 in flowing H2 (5.0 vol% in Ar), then holding for 2 h. Catalyst Characterization Pt Analysis Pt analysis was performed using Inductively-Coupled Plasma (ICP) – Optical Emission Spectrometry (ICP-OES), on a Thermo iCAP 6300. The calibration curve was constructed using a standard Pt solution, prepared by diluting the commercial Pt standard with homemade aqua regia (5 vol%) in HPLC-grade water. Pt was extracted from catalyst samples following a literature procedure, involving stirring in aqua regia at 75 °C for 30 min. To ensure complete dissolution of Pt, the extraction method was modified by allowing the suspensions to stand at room temperature for an additional 12 h. The suspension was then filtered using a syringe filter (pore size 0.2 µm). The solid residue was washed three times with HPLC-grade H2O. The filtrate and washings were combined and diluted with aqua regia (5 vol% in water), then analyzed by ICP-OES. The Pt loading was measured to be 1.7 wt%. Accessible Pt surface areas in the freshly reduced catalyst was measured by CO chemisorption, using a Micrometrics Autochem ii 2920. The catalyst (ca.40 mg) was placed on a plug of glass wool in a U-shaped quartz reactor. A thermocouple was attached to the outside of the reactor, at the level of the middle of the bed. Complete reduction of the catalyst was ensured by heating in flowing H2 (5.0 mol% in He) at a rate of 5 °C min-1 to 200 °C, then holding for 1 h before switching to flowing He and cooling to room temperature. The catalyst was subjected to 30 CO pulses (9.9 vol% in He, 124 µL each at 110 °C). The amount of CO not adsorbed in each pulse was measured using a TCD detector. Pt dispersion (D, %) was calculated to be 65 % assuming a stoichiometry factor of 1. TEM images of catalysts were obtained using a ThermoFisher Talos F200X. Pt particle sizes were estimated by analysis of the high angle annular dark field (HAADF) image (Pt/SiO2- Al2O3 (1.7 wt% Pt), data not shown). The average nanoparticle size, obtained by fitting a Gaussian function to the distribution, is (1.0 ± 0.2) nm. The average particle size obtained in this way, (1.0 ± 0.2) nm, was slightly smaller than the Pt particle size estimated by CO chemisorption (1.5 nm, assuming hemispherical Pt nanoparticles). A difference was expected because the TEM method gives a number-average particle size, whereas CO chemisorption gives a surface area-average particle size. 64 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT Acidity Analysis Brønsted acidity was measured by pyridine adsorption. A sample of dry Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (ca.80 mg) was transferred to a Schlenk tube inside an Ar-filled glovebox. The Schlenk tube was sealed, removed from the glovebox, and connected to a vacuum line (base pressure 30 mTorr). The tube was evacuated at 400 °C for 2 h, then cooled to room temperature. Excess dry, air-free pyridine vapor was introduced at room temperature and allowed to equilibrate for 15 min. The tube was then evacuated at ca.30 mTorr for 30 min while heating at 150 °C to remove physisorbed pyridine. The tube was then transferred into an Ar-filled glovebox, where ca.10 mg (precisely weighed) was pressed into a self-supporting pellet of diameter 5.0 mm using a hand press (International Crystal Laboratories). IR spectra were recorded using a Bruker Alpha FTIR spectrometer over the range 4000−400 cm−1 at a resolution of 2 cm−1, accumulating 64 scans. The IR spectrum of Pt/SiO2- Al2O3 (10.0 mg) was recorded after adsorption of excess pyridine at room temperature, followed by desorption of weakly-adsorbed pyridine at 150 °C and ca.30 mTorr for 30 min. The spectrum of glovebox atmosphere was used as the background. The absorbance was normalized by the precise sample mass. BAS was quantified using the peak areas at 1455 cm-1 (data not shown), using a previously reported IR calibration curve. The area of the peak at 1455 cm-1, corresponding to pyridine interacting with the strong Brønsted acid sites (BAS) of SiO2-Al2O3, was used to quantify the number of strong BAS. The number of Brønsted acid sites on Pt/SiO2- Al2O3 is 42 µmol/g. Catalytic Reaction and Product Analysis Polyethylene Depolymerization A Parr reactor (10 mL, models 2550 and 4590; 100 mL, Parr Series 5000 Multiple Reactor System) equipped with a pressure gauge and type J thermocouple was loaded with PE, a freshly-reduced Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 catalyst, and a Pyrex-encapsulated stir bar inside an Ar-filled glovebox. The reactor was sealed and removed from glovebox, which was then connected to the vacuum line (base pressure of 30 mbar) and evacuated. The reactor was then filled with the target pressure of the desired gas, and placed into a heating block. The contents were stirred magnetically at ca.100 rpm. Timing of the reaction began after ca.30 min, when the internal reactor temperature reached 275 °C. After the reaction, the reactor was removed from the heating block and rapidly cooled using a jet of air to room temperature. To characterize volatile products, the reactor and a Schlenk flask capped with a white rubber septum were connected to a glass vacuum line 65 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT equipped with a pressure gauge and a gas sampling port. The flask and vacuum line were evacuated (10-2 Torr), then isolated from the pumping system. Gases in the reactor headspace were expanded into the line and Schlenk flask. The pressure reading as recorded before (P0) and after (P1) gas expansion. H2 analysis by GC-TCD was achieved by removing an aliquot of gas (400 μL) via the gas sampling port using a gas-tight syringe. Ar present in the autoclave at the start of the reaction was used as an internal standard to quantify H2 present after reaction by GC-TCD. When Ar was not present, the amount of H2 was estimated from the pressure (see Section: H2 Balance). Hydrocarbon gases (mostly C1 to C6, mC1-C6) were analyzed by GC-FID. Propene (400 μL, ca.400 mbar) was injected into the Schlenk tube for use as an internal standard prior to removing a gas aliquot (200 μL) for GC-FID analysis (see, e.g., Figures 1a and 1b). After gas analysis, CD2Cl2 (ca.3.0 mL) was added to the reactor via the vent hose. The CD2Cl2 and products were stirred at ca.100 rpm for 5 min, then allowed to stand for 3 min to allow solids to settle. An aliquot of the supernatant (ca.1 mL) was used for 1H NMR analysis. To separate CD2Cl2-soluble hydrocarbons, the suspension was vacuum-filtered through a fine frit (4.0-5.5 µm). The filtrate (including the supernatant for 1H NMR analysis) was transferred to a volumetric flask and diluted with CH2Cl2 to 25.00 mL. Two aliquots of this solution were used for qualitative and quantitative analysis of liquid hydrocarbons (C7 to C30) by GC-MS (see Figure 4 for an example) and GC-FID (see Figure 5 for an example), respectively. CH2Cl2 and CD2Cl2 were removed under reduced pressure (0.1 Torr, 2 h), resulting in loss of lighter hydrocarbons (C7-C11). The resulting liquid contains liquid hydrocarbons larger than C12 (C12-C30) and waxes (C>30). The liquid and wax were weighed (mtotal) to obtain the mass of wax (eq S1). mwax = mtotal – mC12-C30 (S1) To obtain the molecular weight distribution of the wax, a portion of the remaining liquid/wax (ca.5 mg) was dissolved in CHCl3 (1 mL, containing 0.25 vol% triethylamine) for GPC analysis. Typically, a bimodal distribution was observed, with a lower molecular weight peak corresponding to <200 g/mol (see, e.g., Figures 4a and 4b). The molecular weight distribution was not accurately reflected in the GPC, and was better characterized by GC-FID, as described above. The higher molecular weight peak contains mostly molecules with carbon numbers C≥30, but the error was still significant (the molecular weight of squalane, C30H62, was measured to have 560 g/mol, an error of 30 %). The number- and mass-average molecular weights of this wax fraction were calculated using eq S2 and eq S3, respectively. The number- 66 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT average molecular weight of the combined liquid and wax products was then calculated using eq S4. Mn,wax = , Mi > 420 g/mol (S2) where fi is the detector
Figure imgf000068_0001
retention time based on a curve. mliquid nliquid were GC-FID analysis. The insoluble material remaining on the frit, including the catalyst and insoluble hydrocarbons, was recovered and weighed. The mass of insoluble hydrocarbons was calculated by subtracting the initial mass of the catalyst. In some cases, the post-extraction solid was characterized by thermogravimetric analysis (Figures 5a-5j), giving information on unreacted PE (insoluble in CH2Cl2 but fully oxidized in air to CO2 and H2O below 350 °C) and carbon residue (insoluble in CH2Cl2 and completely oxidized only above 350 °C in air). Depolymerization at Quasi-Constant P(H2) In this set of experiments, reactions were conducted in a series of timed stages, each typically 4 h long. The first stage followed the procedure for packing the reactor, conducting the reaction, and analyzing the gas products described in Section: Polyethylene Depolymerization. Between each stage, the reactor headspace was analyzed, then the reactor was evacuated and refilled with Ar or H2, to keep P(H2) relatively constant. This procedure was repeated multiple times. In the final stage, the analysis of gas, liquid, wax, and insoluble hydrocarbons was conducted as described in Section: Polyethylene Depolymerization. The total gas products represent the sum of all the gases recovered at the end of each stage. H2 and Hydrocarbon Analysis H2 analysis by GC-TCD. H2 was quantified on a Shimadzu GC-8AIT gas chromatograph equipped with a packed column (ShinCarbon ST 80/100, 2 m x 2 mm) and a thermal conductivity detector (TCD). The column, injector and detector temperatures were all 130 °C. The TCD current was 70 mA and the head pressure was 300 kPa (N2). When Ar was present in the reactor, it was used as the internal standard. The linear responses of the TCD signal to the 67 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT injected volumes of H2 and Ar were confirmed using standard H2/Ar gas mixtures. The response factors were obtained as described previously. Gas hydrocarbon analysis by GC-FID. Hydrocarbons in the gas fraction (C1-8) were analyzed qualitatively and quantitatively on a Shimadzu GC-2010 gas chromatograph equipped with a capillary column (Supelco Alumina Sulfate plot, 30 m x 0.32 mm) and a flame ionization detector (FID). The injector and detector temperatures were both 200 °C. The temperature program was: 90 °C (hold 3 min), ramp 20 °C/min to 180 °C (hold 20 min). The yields of each hydrocarbon were calculated assuming all have the same per-carbon response factor. Liquid hydrocarbon analysis by GC-FID. The liquid hydrocarbons were quantified on an Agilent 6890N Network gas chromatograph equipped with an Agilent DB-5 capillary column (fused silica, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.25 μm) and an FID detector. The inlet and detector temperatures were 300 and 280 °C, respectively. The temperature ramp program was: 40 °C (hold 3 min), ramp 25 °C /min to 320 °C (hold 10 min). The flow rate was 1.0 mL/min (He) with a 5:1 split ratio. The same per-carbon response factor (f) was assumed for all hydrocarbons. n-Octadecane in CH2Cl2 was used as an external standard. Peak areas were measured by injection of several n-octadecane solutions of different concentrations, giving a calibration curve (data not shown). GC-MS analysis. An aliquot of the liquid products dissolved in CH2Cl2 (2 mL) was transferred to a vial for solvent removal in a rotary evaporator (30 °C, 350 Torr), then analyzed on a Shimadzu GC-2010 gas chromatograph equipped with an Agilent DB-5 MS capillary column ((5%-phenyl)-methylpolysiloxane, 30 m x 0.25 mm x 0.25 μm) coupled to a QP2010 Mass Spectrometer. The injector and detector temperatures were 250 °C. The temperature ramp program was: 60 °C (hold 2 min), ramp 15 °C per min to 270 °C, hold 50 min. NMR spectroscopic analysis.1H NMR spectra of liquid products recovered from the reactions of PE were recorded on a Varian Unity Inova AS600 spectrometer, and analyzed by MestReNova (v11.0.1, Mestrelab Research S. L.). Gel permeation chromatography analysis. Molecular weight distributions of total hydrocarbons and aromatic chromophores were analyzed by GPC with RI and UV detection, respectively. Analyses were conducted on a Waters 2690 HPLC equipped with an Agilent column (PLgel, 5 μm MiniMIX-D, 250×4.6 mm) and a guard column (MW linear range 200 - 400,000 g mol-1), a Waters 2410 refractive index (RI) detector and a Waters 2998 photodiode array detector (PDA). Chloroform containing 0.25 vol% triethylamine was used as the mobile phase at room temperature and 0.35 mL min-1. Calibration was achieved using polystyrene 68 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT standards (Agilent EasiVial kit, linear response for molecular weights in the range 200 - 400,000 g mol-1). Thermogravimetric analysis. To assess the nature of hydrocarbon residues post-reaction, solids recovered from the reactor after PE conversion were analyzed by TGA. The measurements were performed in air with a TA Discovery Thermo-Gravimetric Analyzer while heating at 10 °C min-1 from 50 to 700 °C. Differential thermogravimetric analysis shows a distinct peak at ca.250-350 °C corresponding to the oxidation of unreacted PE, while the peak at ca.550 °C is assigned to the oxidation of coke (Figures 5a-5j). Analysis of Aromatic Products Analysis of Alkyl Substituents To understand the type of alkyl substituents present on the aromatic rings, 1H NMR signals in the region 2.0-3.5 ppm (Hα) due to these alkyl substituents were integrated. The region can be further subdivided into 2.0-2.5 ppm (Hα-methyl), 2.5-3.1 ppm (Hα-methylene), and 3.1-3.5 ppm (Hα-methine). The average number of Hα per alkyl substituent, q, was calculated using eq S5. q = (Hα,methyl + Hα,methylene + Hα,methine)/(Hα,methyl/3 + Hα,methylene/2 + Hα,methine) (S5)
Figure imgf000070_0001
result indicated that for all of these reaction conditions the alkyaromatic products contain, on average, two Hα per alkyl substituent (i.e., -CH2R). To estimate the average number of alkyl substituents per aromatic ring, the ratio of Hα/Harom (where Harom corresponds to 1H NMR signals in the range 6.5-9.0 ppm) was evaluated. When P(H2) was ≤ 1 bar, alkylphenanthrene was the most abundant aromatic product. Hα/Harom was close to 1.2 when P(H2) is 0 or 1 bar, indicating that the major products were trialkyl- substituted phenanthrenes. The bifunctional mechanism to make alkylaromatics (Scheme 1a) shows that one -CH3 and two -CH2R substituents are likely (Scheme 1b), where the -CH3 group originates from acid-catalyzed skeletal isomerization of the polymer. The Hα/Harom ratio increased further, from 1.3 to 1.7, as P(H2) increased from 2 to 4 bar, indicating that the major products shifted to trialkyl-substituted naphthalenes. The Hα/Harom further increased above 2 for P(H2) values from 5 to 8 bar, corresponding to trialkyl-substituted benzenes. Therefore, trialkyl- substituted benzenes and phenanthrenes were the major aromatic products under moderate, and low P(H2), respectively. 69 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT Scheme 1a. Proposed mechanism for methyldialkylaromatic formation from methyl-branched PE.
Figure imgf000071_0001
naphthalenes, and benzenes) formed in the depolymerization of PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9) catalyzed by Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g) at 275 °C for 24 h in the presence of 0 to 8 bar external H2.
Figure imgf000071_0002
q is the average number of Hα per alkyl substituent, according to eq S5 described above. Selectivity and Yield of Aromatics Trialkyl-substituted benzenes, naphthalenes, and phenanthrenes contributed 3, 5, and 7 aromatic protons, respectively. Alkanes were also present in the products. The ratio of aromatic protons to total protons was calculated using eq S6, adapted from the literature.3 (S6)
Figure imgf000071_0003
w
Figure imgf000071_0004
ylphenanthrenes, and alkanes, respectively. and represent the total number of moles and the average carbon number for each type of hydrocarbon. Alkylaromatics were mostly present in the liquid range (C7-C30, Figures 6a, 6b, 7a, and 7b), and their molecular weight distributions were similar to the overall distribution for liquid products (Figures 2a-2o). In contrast, alkanes were present in both the liquid and wax fractions. 70 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT Therefore, the contributions of the liquid and wax fractions to the total protons in eq S6 should be accounted for separately as in eq S7. (S7)
Figure imgf000072_0001
where , because effectively all hydrocarbons in the wax were alkanes. o alkylbenzenes in the liquid fraction (Sben,liq) is defined in eq S8,
Figure imgf000072_0003
where . Molar selectivities for other ing eqs S7-S8.
Figure imgf000072_0004
(S8)
Figure imgf000072_0006
(S9)
Figure imgf000072_0002
To obtain the selectivity for each type of aromatic hydrocarbon, the contributions of methyldialkyl-substituted aromatics to the 1H NMR signals in the aromatic region were analyzed. The experimental ratios H1 : H2 : H3 were obtained by integrating the relevant aromatic regions in the 1H NMR spectrum. These values were related to the molar amounts (nj) for each aromatic structure type to estimate the relative molar selectivities, eq S10. Sphe : Snap : Sben = nphe : nnap : nben = 1/2 H3 : 1/4 (H2 – 3/2 H3) : 1/3 H1 - 1/12H2 – 5/24 H3 (S10) The average carbon number of alkylbenzenes, alkylnapthalenes, alkylphenanthrenes, and alkanes can be assumed to be similar in the liquid range, eq S11. This was called assumption 1. (S11) The selectivity for eac
Figure imgf000072_0005
by solving eqs S9-S11 simultaneously. Alternatively, since alkylbenzenes, alkylnaphthalenes, and alkylphenanthrenes contain at least 6 carbons, 10 carbons, and 14 carbons, respectively, their average carbon number can be assumed equal to the average carbon number of the alkanes in the ranges C6-30, C10-30, and C14-30, respectively, eqs S12-14. This was called assumption 2. 71 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT (S12) (S13)
Figure imgf000073_0002
(S14)
Figure imgf000073_0003
The small difference i ese assumptions was illustrated. For simplicity, reported selectivitie
Figure imgf000073_0004
s were calculated using assumption 1 unless otherwise stated. The yield of each product type was calculated using eq S8 after obtaining the selectivity as mentioned above, and the total liquid fraction products, , was measured by GC-FID. Analysis of Carbon-Carbon Bond Scission
Figure imgf000073_0001
The number of C-C bond scission events (nC-C scission) was calculated by quantifying the change in the number of hydrocarbons at the start of the reaction (N(0)) and at time t (N(t)), eqs S15-17. nC-C scission = N(t) - N(0) (S15) N(t) = ngas + nliquid + nwax + nsolid (S16) N(0) = nPE (S17) where the final number of solid hydrocarbon chains (nsolid) and the initial number of PE chains (nPE) were estimated as msolid/MnPE and mPE/MnPE, respectively. Here, msolid and mPE refer to the eventual mass of solid residue and the initial mass of PE, respectively, while MnPE represents the initial number-averaged molecular weight of PE. To correct for incomplete mass recovery, the missing mass (200 mg - mtotal) was assumed to have the same distribution as the recovered mass (mtotal = mgas + mliquid + mwax + msolid). Consequently, the mass-corrected number of C-C bond scission events was calculated as shown in eq S18. nC-C scission,corr = nC-C scission + (200 - mtotal)/mtotal•N(t) (S18) Alternatively, the missing mass may be attributed to incomplete collection of gas (C1- C6), light liquid (C7-C11), heavy liquid (C12-C30), wax (C>30), or solid (Cinsoluble). Because C6 hydrocarbons can be lost during the depressurization of the reactor, and also the signals for the C6 hydrocarbons overlap with the solvent peak in GC-FID analysis, the missing mass was thus assumed to come from the underestimation of C6 (molecular weight denoted MC6). This assumption gave the mass-corrected number of C-C bond scission events shown in eq S19. nC-C scission,C6corr = nC-C scission + (200 - mtotal)/MC6 (S19) 72 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT The uncorrected number of C-C bond scission events and the corrected value assuming the missing mass being C6 represent lower and upper limits for the number of C-C bond scission events, respectively. H2 Balance In the catalytic conversion of PE, aromatic formation generated H2, in an amount (nH2,arom) which was the sum of the degrees of unsaturation of benzenes, naphthalenes, and phenanthrenes, eq S20. At the same time, C-C bond scission consumes H2, in an amount (nH2,C- C) represented by eq S21, where nC-C scission was calculated by eq S15. nH2,arom = 4nbenz + 7nnaph + 10nphen (S20) =
Figure imgf000074_0001
When the Parr reactor = was H2 present after reaction (nH2,final) was measured by GC-TCD using Ar as the internal standard. The peak areas for H2 (AH2) and Ar (AAr) were related as shown in eq S22. Response factors for H2 and Ar reported in the literature were used here. (S22) When H2, not Ar, was amount of H2 after reaction was estimated
Figure imgf000074_0002
by measuring the gas pressure in the reactor. The reactor was connected to a vacuum connector and a Schlenk flask (total volume Vvs), initially at pressure reading P0 = 0. The gases in the reactor were allowed to expand into the vacuum connector and Schlenk flask, resulting in a pressure reading P1. The total moles of gas were calculated using the ideal gas law, eq S23. (S23) The moles of H2 were
Figure imgf000074_0003
the moles of gaseous hydrocarbons (ngas hydrocarbon) measured by GC-FID, eq S24. nH2,final = ntotal gas – ngas hydrocarbon (S24) Amount of H2 predicted to remain at the end of the reaction (nH2,pred) based on the initial amount of H2 (nH2,initial) before reaction, the amount of generated H2 by aromatization, and the amount of consumed H2 by C-C bond scissions were described in eq S25. In most experiments, the value of predicted H2 corresponded reasonably well to the measured value, demonstrating that the hydrogen balance was well described by these two major processes. nH2,pred = nH2,initial + nH2,arom - nH2,C-C (S25) 73 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT Results and discussion PE Depolymerization in the Absence of External H2 PE depolymerization in the absence of external H2. Depolymerization was studied initially using a model PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol-1, Ð = 1.9) and a highly acidic bifunctional catalyst, Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g, 7.6 wt% Al, 1.7 wt% Pt at 65 % dispersion) under Ar (i.e., in the absence of external H2) at 275 °C. The yield of light hydrocarbon gases (C1-6) was very low (2 wt%). Prior to reaction, the PE was insoluble in CH2Cl2, but after 24 h, most hydrocarbons (80 wt%, relative to the initial charge of PE) dissolved in room temperature CH2Cl2 (Figures 8a-8c and Table 1). This change in solubility was consistent with a significant reduction in molecular weight. Table 1. Effect of P(H2) on the distribution of hydrocarbon products generated in catalytic PE depolymerization a P(H ) b Mass fracti c d 2 ons of hydrocarbon product Mass recovery nc-c scission,corr e
Figure imgf000075_0001
1.7 wt% Pt), magnetically stirred 10 mL Parr reactor, 275 °C, 24 h, except as noted below. In general, reproducibility is indicated by the number of significant figures. b Measured at room temperature at the start of the experiment. c Sum of masses for recovered gas, liquid, wax and solid hydrocarbons. d Average carbon number for combined liquid and wax fractions, measured by GC-FID and GPC, respectively, and estimated as Mn/14. e Number of C-C bond scission events in 24 h, calculated as N(24)-N(0), where N and N(t) represent the total numbers of 74 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT hydrocarbon chains present initially and after 24 h, respectively. The missing mass (corresponding to a mass balance below 100 %) was assumed to have the same molecular weight distribution as the recovered mass (see the Section: Analysis of Carbon-Carbon Bond Scission). f C1-C6, as measured by GC-FID. g C7-C30, as measured by GC-FID. The value in parentheses is the number-averaged carbon number. h C>30, measured by GPC-RI and calibrated using PS standards. The value in parentheses is the number-averaged carbon number, estimated as Mn/14, where Mn was calculated using eq S2. i Measured by TGA, except where noted. The value in parentheses is the relative amount of unreacted PE, considered to be the carbon that is fully oxidized in air below 350 °C. j A higher molecular weight PE (0.200 g, Mw = 2.6 × 104 g mol–1, Ð = 3.9) was used in this experiment. The brown color of the liquid product indicated aromatic formation, specifically, fused- ring aromatics that absorb in the visible. Iso-alkanes were the major paraffinic products in both the gas and liquid phases (Figures 1a, 1b, 3a, and 3b), consistent with C-C bond scission by an acid-catalyzed carbenium ion mechanism. Based on the aromatic yield (Table 2), the amount of H2 originating from aromatization should be 0.5 mmol. Therefore, depolymerization proceeds via tandem hydrocracking/aromatization, with 30 % of the H2 generated by aromatization being consumed by C-C bond scission reactions. Table 2. Effect of P(H2) on the liquid/wax products of PE depolymerization a P(H2) b P(H2) c nalkd nbenz d nnaph d nphen d narom e mbenz marom mbenz (bar) (bar) (µmol) (µmol) (µmol) (µmol) (µmol) /marom f /mtotal g /mPE h (%) (%) (wt %) 0 1.2 30 5 8 41 54 9 65 <1 1.0 1.4 118 8 4 32 44 19 27 1 2.0 1.8 203 10 6 24 40 27 17 1 3.0 2.3 275 18 11 11 39 44 12 2 4.0 2.6 383 22 10 7 38 56 9 2 5.0 3.0 578 20 4 2 26 70 5 2 6.0 3.1 722 14 1 1 16 90 2 1 8.0 3.4 549 <1 0 0 <1 100 <1 <1 0 i 1.2 22 10 8 32 50 20 69 1 4.0 i 3.0 485 30 5 6 41 73 8 3 75 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT a Reaction conditions: PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9), Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g, 1.7 wt% Pt), 275 °C, 24 h, 10 mL, in a stirred Parr reactor. In general, reproducibility is indicated by the number of significant figures. b H2 pressure measured before the reaction at room temperature. c H2 pressure measured after the reaction at room temperature (see Section: Analysis of H2 Balance. d Yields of alkanes (nalk), alkylbenzenes (nbenz), alkylnaphthalenes (nnaph), and alkylphenanthrenes (nphen) in liquids, estimated by combining the integrated 1H NMR intensity and the GC-FID product distribution (see Section: Selectivity and Yield of Aromatics). e Total molar yield of alkylaromatics, calculated as narom = nbenz + nnaph + nphen. f Mass selectivity of alkylbenzene relative to total aromatics. g Mass selectivity of alkylaromatics relative to total hydrocarbons (mtotal) in liquids, where mtotal = malk + mbenz + mnaph + mphen. h Mass yield of alkylbenzene relative to the initial mass of PE. i A higher molecular weight PE (0.200 g, Mw = 2.6 × 104 g mol–1, Ð = 3.9) was used in this experiment. In the 1H NMR spectrum of the combined liquid and wax products (Figure 9a), signals from 6.5 to 7.4 ppm can be assigned to alkylbenzenes (Hbenz), while signals from 7.4 to 9.0 ppm can be assigned to polyaromatics (Hpoly), where Harom = Hbenz + Hpoly. The 1H NMR-derived ratio Hbenz/Harom was 0.31. The molar selectivity for alkylbenzenes relative to all alkylaromatics (include alkylnaphthalenes and alkylphenanthrenes) was therefore moderate in the absence of external H2. The spectrum resembled that for H2-free PE depolymerization catalyzed by metal- free SiO2-Al2O3 at 280°C for 24 h, consistent with high catalyst acidity being responsible for polyaromatic formation. Effect of External H2 on PE Chain Scission When PE depolymerization was conducted under 8 bar H2 (corresponding to 3.2 mmol H2), the CH2Cl2-soluble products were colorless and formed in a smaller amount (39 wt%). Instead, the reaction generated much more light hydrocarbon gases (40 wt%), amounting to nearly 14× more C-C bond scission events in the same reaction time. Over half of the external H2 was consumed, leaving 1.4 mmol H2 present at the end of the reaction. This result shows that PE hydrocracking to saturated alkanes becomes the dominant reaction when enough H2 is present. To probe the influence of H2 pressure on C-C bond scission and alkane aromatization, reactions were also conducted with external P(H2) values from 1 to 7 bar. As P(H2) increased, the total number of C-C bond scission events increased, the average carbon number in the hydrocarbon products decreased, and the major product type shifted gradually from waxes to liquids, then to gases (Figure 8a). The overall average carbon number for the combined liquid 76 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT and wax products ( ) also decreased gradually (Figures 8b and 8c), showing random chain scission inst nd-of-chain scission. Regardless of whether the depolymerization was conducted with or
Figure imgf000078_0001
w t out H2, little CH4 was formed (<3 wt% of total gas). Effect of External H2 on PE Aromatization Moderate external P(H2) significantly improved the selectivity for alkylbenzenes relative to polyaromatics, according to Figure 9a. Thus, the alkylbenzene selectivity increased from 10 to 100 mol% as P(H2) increased from 0 to 8 bar (Figure 11b). GC-MS analysis also confirmed that the characteristic ions of the aromatic products shifted from polyaromatics to monoaromatics as P(H2) increased (Figure 10b). Further, quantitative analysis by GC-FID and 1H NMR (see Section: Selectivity and Yield of Aromatics) showed that the alkylbenzene yield increased with P(H2) from 0 to ca.4 bar, then decreased as P(H2) increases further (Figure 9b and Table 2). At ca.4 bar, the maximum alkylbenzene yield was ca.4× the yield obtained without external H2. A maximum in the yield of alkylnaphthalenes was observed at ca.3 bar, but the yield of alkylphenanthrenes decreased monotonically with increasing P(H2) (Table 2). GC-MS analysis further revealed that the yields of alkyltetralins and alkyldecalins (i.e., alkyltetrahydronaphthalenes and alkyldecahydronaphthalenes, respectively) increased initially with P(H2), then decreased (Figure 10a). To explain this observation, the Gibbs’ free energies of three model reactions (the conversion of n-dodecane to 1,2-dipropylbenzene, 2,3- dimethyltetralin, and 2,3-dimethylnaphthalene, respectively) were calculated. As P(H2) increased, the conversion of n-dodecane to 1,2-dipropylbenzene was more thermodynamically favored relative to the formation of 2,3-dimethyltetralin and 2,3-dimethylnaphthalene (data not shown). As P(H2) increased further, the formation of 1,2-dipropylbenzene also became unfavorable. The thermodynamic yields of both 1,2-dipropylbenzene and 2,3-dimethyltetralin were predicted to increase with P(H2) then decrease (data not shown), a trend that is consistent with the experimental observations. The aromatic substituents in the products of PE depolymerization were a mixture of methyl and longer alkyl chains, where the latter was mostly unbranched at Cα, as indicated by 1H NMR signals at 2.0-2.5 ppm (CαH3) and 2.5-3.1 ppm (CαH2 ) (Figure 9a). As P(H2) increased from 0 to 6 bar, the fraction of methyl substituents increased from 20 to 46 %, while the fraction of longer alkyl substituents decreased from 70 to 37 % (see Section: Analysis of Alkyl Substituents). This shift suggested more PE isomerization to create methyl branches, as well as more alkyl chain cleavage. On average, the aromatic products were dialkylmethyl-substituted 77 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT (Schemes 1a and 1b). This result is similar to the products obtained from PE depolymerization catalyzed by acidic Pt/F-Al2O3. The molecular weight distribution of the aromatic products was analyzed by GPC with UV detection. When the reaction was conducted without external H2 after 24 h at 275 °C, the distribution was bimodal (Figure 6a). Most aromatics were present in the liquid phase (C7-C30, 71 wt% relative to total mass of liquid and wax) with a smaller fraction in the wax phase (C>30, 29 wt%, relative to total mass of liquid and wax). With external P(H2) ≥ 2 bar, the UV absorption of the wax component decreased further (Figure 6b), such that aromatic products were present only in the liquid phase. The overall average carbon number of the alkylaromatics was ca. C15 without the addition of external H2, decreasing to C10 as P(H2) increased to 6 bar (Figure 7a). In contrast, the average carbon number of the full product mixture decreased much more, from C77 to C12, as external P(H2) increased from 0 to 6 bar. If assuming the formation of aromatics on the alkane chain was random, shorter chain length of alkylaromatics compared to alkanes could be due to much faster C-C bond scission for alkylaromatics relative to alkanes with the same carbon number. GC-MS further revealed that aromatics were distributed similarly to alkanes in the liquid products obtained under 4 bar H2 (Figures 2a-2o). Therefore, the average carbon number of the aromatic products was the same as the average for all liquid hydrocarbons. Behavior of a Higher Molecular Weight PE Depolymerization of a higher molecular weight PE (Mw = 2.6 × 104 g mol–1, Ð = 3.9), closer to commercial grade PE, was tested with Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 at 275 °C for 24 h. Similar to the behavior of low molecular weight PE, moderate P(H2) enhanced C-C bond scission, as well as improving the yield of and selectivity to alkylbenzenes. The number of C-C bond scission events occurring under 4 bar H2 increased by 0.69 mmol, compared to the same reaction conducted under 2 bar Ar. A similar increase (0.73 mmol) was observed in the reaction of the low molecular weight PE (Table 1). The increases in alkylbenzene yields were 20 and 17 µmol for the higher and lower molecular weight PEs, respectively. Similarly, the increases in alkylbenzene selectivity relative to total alkylaromatic were 53 and 47 mol% for the higher and low molecular weight PEs, respectively (Table 2). Varying Reactor P(H2) to Increase Alkylbenzene Production The results above showed that moderate H2 pressure (e.g., 8 bar) was effective in rapidly decreasing the PE molecular weight, but completely suppressed the aromatic yield, while the absence of external H2 resulted in a slower depolymerization which maximized the aromatic yield but at the expense of alkylbenzene selectivity. Some of the tradeoffs in choosing a single 78 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT reactor atmosphere may be overcome by varying the headspace gas over the course of a single experiment. For example, the average hydrocarbon molecular weight (and viscosity) would decrease rapidly if the reaction were initiated under moderate P(H2), then the aromatic yield could be maximized by removing the H2 from the reactor atmosphere. Alternatively, a high rate of aromatization could be achieved by starting the reaction under Ar, then introducing moderate P(H2) to convert polyaromatics and higher molecular weight alkylbenzenes to the desired surfactant-range alkylbenzenes. The potential for dynamic control of the reactor atmosphere was explored in a series of preliminary experiments involving depolymerization of a model PE catalyzed by Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 at 275 °C for two consecutive 4 h periods (data not shown). After the first 4 h period, conducted starting under either 2 bar Ar or 8 bar H2, the reactor was cooled to room temperature and gases were removed from the reactor headspace for analysis by GC-FID. Next, the same reactor was charged with either 2 bar Ar or 8 bar H2 for a second 4 h period under the same reaction conditions. When both 4-h reaction stages were conducted under Ar, little C-C bond scission occurred, the average carbon number in the liquid/wax hydrocarbon products was high ( = 61), and the yield of alkylbenzenes, 12 µmol, was low, representing only 29 mol% of the
Figure imgf000080_0001
produced (Table 3). When both 4-h reaction stages were conducted under 8 bar H2, a significant increase in C-C bond scission was observed. Consequently, the average carbon number in the liquid/wax hydrocarbon products was much lower ( = 21), but the yield of alkylbenzenes was negligible. Table 3. Effect of changing the reactor headspace gas during PE depolymerization Reaction conditions a mgas c mliquid d mwax e nc-c scission, corr f g nbenz h mbenz marom mbenz
Figure imgf000080_0002
(mmol) (µmol) /marom i /mtotal j /mPE k (wt%) (wt%) (wt %) First stage b Second stage b (wt%) (wt%) (wt%) Ar Ar 2 8 46 0.15 61 12 29 41 1 2 bar 2 bar H2 H2 14 44 30 0.96 21 <1 - <1 <1 8 bar 8 bar Ar H2 2 16 41 0.21 40 20 77 13 2 2 bar 8 bar 79 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT H2 Ar 5 39 38 0.58 24 27 50 13 3 8 bar 2 bar a Reaction conditions: PE (0.200 g, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9), Pt/SiO2-Al2O3 (0.100 g, 1.7 wt% Pt), 275 °C, 10 mL, stirred Parr reactor. b Pressure measured at room temperature. The duration of each reaction stage was 4 h. c C1-C6, as measured by GC-FID. d C7-C30, as measured by GC-FID. e C>30, as measured by weight. f Total number of C-C bond scission events, calculated as N(t)-N(0), where N(0) and N(t) represent the total number of chains present at time 0 and time t, respectively. Any missing mass was assumed to have the same distribution as the recovered mass (see Section: Analysis of Carbon-Carbon Bond Scission). g Average carbon number in the combined liquid and wax products. h Yields of alkylbenzenes (nbenz) in liquids, estimated by combining the integrated 1H NMR intensity and the GC-FID product distribution (see Section: Selectivity and Yield of Aromatics). i Mass selectivity of alkylbenzene relative to total aromatics. j Mass selectivity of alkylaromatics relative to total hydrocarbons (mtotal) in liquids, where mtotal = malk + mbenz + mnaph + mphen. k Mass yield of alkylbenzene relative to the initial mass of PE. Conducting the first reaction stage under Ar, followed by a second stage under 8 bar H2, yielded liquid/wax with an intermediate average carbon number of 39, consistent with the shorter time in the fast hydrogenolysis conditions. However, the yield of alkylbenzenes, 20 µmol, doubled relative to the yield under Ar alone. An even better result was obtained when the first reaction stage was conducted under 8 bar H2, followed by a second stage under Ar. For this experiment, the average carbon number was lower (24) and the alkylbenzene yield was even higher (27 µmol). Presumably the initial reduction in molecular weight under H2 without polyaromatic formation reduced catalyst poisoning while accelerating the subsequent aromatization of the lower molecular weight alkanes. The effectiveness of this strategy for alkylbenzene production was tested with a higher PE: catalyst ratio (0.400 g PE, Mw = 3.5 × 103 g mol–1, Ð = 1.9 and 0.100 g Pt/SiO2-Al2O3) in a larger-volume reactor (100 mL) at 275 °C. The reaction was conducted initially under 4 bar H2 for 4 h, followed by 4 h under 2 bar Ar. The alkylbenzene yield was 0.21 g (gcatalyst)-1 with an average carbon number C17 (5 wt% relative to initial charge of PE). This yield is 3 times higher than that reported previously in a process catalyzed by Pt/F-Al2O3 in generating C23. Furthermore, the alkylbenzene selectivity was 56 mol% relative to all aromatics, compared to 34 mol% in the earlier process. 80 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT Conclusion P(H2) is a determining parameter in the bifunctional catalytic depolymerization of polyethylene to alkylaromatics. H2 was needed for C-C bond scission, reducing the molecular weight of hydrocarbons through hydrocracking, while also affecting the selectivity to alkylbenzenes relative to polyaromatics. Consistent with thermodynamic predictions, the highest yields of alkylbenzenes were obtained at moderate P(H2) values, 3-5 bar, while the highest selectivities for alkylbenzenes relative to polyaromatics were achieved under 6-7 bar P(H2). The rate of C-C bond scission was pseudo-zeroth-order with respect to the number of alkane chains. The order with respect to H2 was positive at low pressures and negative at high pressure. The non-monotonic behavior is consistent with a traditional hydrocracking mechanism combined with competitive adsorption of aromatics. The formation of aromatics was pseudo- first-order and the total aromatic yield decreased with increasing P(H2). The formation of polyaromatics at low P(H2) deactivated the catalyst. These findings can guide catalyst design and selection of reaction conditions for selective conversion of polyethylene to surfactant-range alkylaromatics. References Johnson, J. V., et al., Int. J. Mass Spectrom. Ion Process.1991, 106, Khmel’nitskii, R. A., et al., Chem. Technol. Fuels Oils 1967, 3 (2), 140–143. McClennen, W. H., et al., Combust. Sci. Technol.1990, 74 (1–6), 297–309. Chen, J.; Zhang, H., et al., Org. Geochem.2013, 61, 6–14. Marinho, R. S., et al., J. Hazard. Mater.2011, 192 (3), 1155–1160. Sun, J., et al., Chem.2023, 9 (8), 2318–2336. Lee, Y.-H., et al., STAR Protoc.2023, 4 (4), 102575. Itakura, M., et al., J. Appl. Polym. Sci.2004, 94 (3), 1101–1106. Chen, Z., et al., Chem. Eng. J.2022, 136213. Zhang, F., et al., Science 2020, 370 (6515), 437–441. Madhushaw, R. J., et al., J. Am. Chem. Soc.2004, 126 (47), 15560–15565. Watson, M. D., et al., Chem. Rev.2001, 101 (5), 1267–1300. Chanyshev, A. D., et al., Sci. Rep.2017, 7 (1), 7889. Weitkamp, J., ChemCatChem 2012, 4 (3), 292–306. Pennel, M. L., et al., ACS Sustain. Chem. Eng.2023, 11 (34), 12623–12630. Serrano, D. P., et al., ACS Catal.2012, 2 (9), 1924–1941. Celik, G., et al., ACS Cent. Sci.2019, 5 (11), 1795–1803. 81 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT Yappert, R., et al., J. Mater. Chem. A 2022, 10 (45), 24084–24095. Smith, G. C., Catalytic Cracking of n-Alkanes and n-Alkylbenzenes over H-ZSM-5 Zeolite, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1993. le Goff, P.-Y., et al., Catalytic Reforming, In Springer Handbook of Petroleum Technology; Hsu, C. S., Robinson, P. R., Eds.; Springer International Publishing: Cham, 2017; pp 589–616. Ali, S. A., Pet. Sci. Technol.2007, 25 (10), 1293–1304. Liu, S., et al., Sci. Adv.2021, 7 (17), eabf8283. Qiu, Z., et al., Sci. Adv.2023, 9 (25), eadg5332. Rossetti, I., et al., Chem. Eng. J.2009, 154 (1), 295–301. Ribeiro, F., et al., J. Catal.1982, 78 (2), 267–274. Snyder, L. R., J. Phys. Chem.1963, 67 (2), 234–240. 82 45653069

Claims

ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT We claim: 1. A process for upcycling a waste material, wherein the waste material comprises a hydrocarbon polymer, comprising (i) feeding the waste material into a reactor, wherein the reactor comprises a catalyst therein, wherein the catalyst comprises a transition metal; and (ii) operating the reactor under a sufficient hydrogen gas pressure (P(H2)) to form a product comprising a liquid comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s). 2. The process of claim 1, wherein the liquid further comprises one or more other aromatic compounds and optionally one or more alkane and/or one or more non-aromatic compounds. 3. The process of claim 2, wherein the mass selectivity of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%. 4. The process of claim 3, wherein the hydrocarbon polymer is polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, a copolymer of polyethylene and polypropylene, or acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, optionally wherein the hydrocarbon polymer is polyethylene. 5. The process of claim 3, wherein the number of carbon atoms in each of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) ranges from 7 to 40 carbon atoms or from 10 to 30 carbon atoms. 6. The process of claim 3, wherein each of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in a range from 150 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 600 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 500 g mol-1, or from 200 g mol-1 to 400 g mol1. 83 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 7. The process of claim 3, wherein each of the one or more alkylbenezene compound(s) has a structure of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000085_0001
wherein R1-R6 are or an alkyl group, and wherein at least one of R1-R6 is an alkyl group, optionally wherein the alkyl group is -CH2R, and R is a hydrogen, C1- C19 alkyl group, C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group. 8. The process of claim 3, wherein the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) are independently:
Figure imgf000085_0002
84 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT
Figure imgf000086_0001
wherein each R is independently hydrogen, a C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group. 9. The process of claim 3, wherein the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) are independently: ,
Figure imgf000086_0002
(III’’) . .
Figure imgf000086_0003
ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 10. The process of claim 3, wherein the transition metal is selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 11. The process of claim 3, wherein the catalyst comprises more than one transition metal, wherein each of the transition metals is independently selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 12. The process of claim 11, wherein the catalyst further comprises a second metal, wherein the second metal is different from each of the transition metals, and wherein the second metal is selected from the group consisting of rhenium, tin, lead, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, manganese, and zinc, or a combination thereof. 13. The process of claim 3, wherein the catalyst is the transition metal, a mixture of two or more metals comprising the transition metal, a metal oxide of the transition metal, or a metal carbide of the transition metal, or a combination thereof. 14. The process of claim 3, wherein the catalyst is dispersed on a surface of a first support and wherein the catalyst is in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof. 15. The process of claim 14, wherein the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles, wherein the first support is an aluminum oxide support or silica-aluminum oxide support. 16. The process of claim 14, further comprising a second support, wherein the first support is combined with the second support and the second support is an acidic support. 17. The process of claim 16, wherein the second support is a halogenated alumina support, optionally a fluorinated alumina support, and the weight percentage of the halogen, optionally the fluorine, in the second support is in a range from 0.1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 3%, from 0.5% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1.5%, optionally about 0.7% or about 1.3%. 18. The process of claim 14, wherein the total weight loading of the transition metal is in a range from 0.1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 1 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 5 wt%, from 1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 1 wt% to 8 wt%, or from 1 wt% to 5 wt% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first support. 86 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 19. The process of claim 16, wherein the total weight loading of the transition metal is in a range from 0.1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 1 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 5 wt%, from 1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 1 wt% to 8 wt%, or from 1 wt% to 5 wt% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first and second support. 20. The process of claim 16, wherein the weight percentage of the second support is in a range from 2% to 90%, from 2% to 50%, from 2% to 35%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 30%, from 15% to 40%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 40%, or from 20% to 35% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first and second support. 21. The process of claim 3, further comprising step (a) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (ii). 22. The process of claim 21, further comprising purifying the hydrogen gas prior to step (a). 23. The process of claim 3, further comprising step (b) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (ii) to maintain the P(H2), wherein step (b) occurs one or more times. 24. The process of claim 3, wherein during step (ii), the P(H2) in the reactor is in a range from 1 atm to 8 atm, from 1 atm to 7 atm, from 1 atm to 6 atm, from 1 atm to 5 atm, or from 1 atm to 4 atm. 25. A process for upcycling a waste material, wherein the waste material comprises a hydrocarbon polymer, comprising (i) feeding the waste material into a reactor, wherein the reactor comprises a catalyst therein, wherein the catalyst comprises a transition metal; (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H2) to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, and after step (iia), (iib) operating the reactor at a second P(H2) to form a product comprising a liquid comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s), wherein the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2). 87 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 26. The process of claim 25, wherein step (iib) further comprises removing hydrogen gas from the reactor and, optionally, feeding an inert gas into the reactor to provide the second P(H2), and optionally, an inert gas pressure, in the reactor. 27. The process of claim 25, wherein the first P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm, and/or the second P(H2) ranges from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. 28. The process of claim 26, wherein in step (iib), the second P(H2) is 0 and the reactor is under the inert gas pressure ranging from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. 29. The process of claim 25, further comprising step (c) measuring the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers during step (iia) to determine the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fragments, wherein step (c) occurs one or more times. 30. A process for upcycling a waste material, wherein the waste material comprises a hydrocarbon polymer, comprising (i) feeding the waste material into a reactor, wherein the reactor comprises a catalyst therein, wherein the catalyst comprises a transition metal; (iia) operating the reactor under a first P(H2), to form fragments of the hydrocarbon polymer, after step (iia), (iib) operating the reactor at a second P(H2), to form aromatic compounds, and after step (iib), (iic) operating the reactor at a third P(H2), to form a product comprising a liquid comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s), wherein the second P(H2) is lower than the first P(H2), and the third P(H2) is higher than the second P(H2). 31. The process of claim 30, wherein step (iib) further comprises removing hydrogen gas from the reactor and, optionally, feeding an inert gas into the reactor to provide the second P(H2), and optionally, an inert gas pressure, in the reactor. 88 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 32. The process of claim 30, wherein the first P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 20 atm, from 5 atm to 18 atm, from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, from 5 atm to 10 atm, such as about 8 atm, and/or the second P(H2) ranges from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. 33. The process of 31, wherein the second P(H2) is 0 and the reactor is under an inert gas pressure ranging from 0 to <5 atm, from 0 to 4 atm, from 0 to 3 atm, or from 0 to 2 atm. 34. The process of claim 30, wherein step (iic) further comprises feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor to provide the third P(H2) in the reactor. 35. The process of claim 30, wherein third P(H2) ranges from 5 atm to 15 atm, from 5 atm to 12 atm, or from 5 atm to 10 atm. 36. The process of claim 30, further comprising step (c) measuring the fragments of the hydrocarbon polymers during step (iia) to determine the weight average molecular weight (Mw) of the fragments, wherein step (c) occurs one or more times. 37. The process of claim 30, further comprising step (d) measuring the aromatic compounds during step (iic) to determine the total yield of the aromatic compounds, wherein step (d) occurs one or more times. 38. The process of claim 25 or 30, further comprising step (a) feeding hydrogen gas into the reactor during step (i) or after step (i) and prior to step (iia). 39. The process of claim 38, further comprising purifying the hydrogen gas prior to step (a). 40. The process of claim 25 or 30, wherein the liquid further comprises one or more other aromatic compounds and optionally one or more alkane and/or one or more non-aromatic compounds. 41. The process of claim 40, wherein the mass selectivity of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) relative to all aromatic compounds in the liquid is at least 25%, at least 30%, at least 50%, in a range from 25% to 99.99%, from 25% to 99.9%, from 25% to 99%, from 25% to 95%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 90%, from 25% to 80%, from 25% to 70%, or from 25% to 60%. 42. The process of claim 25 or 30, wherein the hydrocarbon polymer is polyethylene, polypropylene, polystyrene, a copolymer of polyethylene and polypropylene, or acrylonitrile butadiene styrene, optionally wherein the hydrocarbon polymer is polyethylene. 89 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 43. The process of claim 25 or 30, wherein the number of carbon atoms in each of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) ranges from 7 to 40 carbon atoms or from 10 to 30 carbon atoms. 44. The process of claim 25 or 30, wherein each of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) has a weight average molecular weight (Mw) in a range from 150 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 800 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 600 g mol-1, from 200 g mol-1 to 500 g mol-1, or from 200 g mol-1 to 400 g mol1. 45. The process of claim 25 or 30, wherein each of the one or more alkylbenezene compound(s) has a structure of Formula (I):
Figure imgf000091_0001
wherein R1-R6 are independently hydrogen or an alkyl group, and wherein at least one of R1-R6 is an alkyl group, optionally wherein the alkyl group is -CH2R, and R is a hydrogen, C1- C19 alkyl group, C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group. 46. The process of claim 25 or 30, wherein the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) are independently: ,
Figure imgf000091_0002
(III’’) 90 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT ,
Figure imgf000092_0002
wherein each R is independently hydrogen, a C1-C15 alkyl group, a C1-C12 alkyl group, a C1-C10 alkyl group, or a C1-C5 alkyl group. 47. The process of claim 25 or 30, wherein the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) are independently: ,
Figure imgf000092_0001
(III’’) 91 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT . .
Figure imgf000093_0001
process or is selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 49. The process of claim 25 or 30, wherein the catalyst comprises more than one transition metal, wherein each of the transition metals is independently selected from the group consisting of platinum, palladium, ruthenium, iridium, rhenium, rhodium, iron, cobalt, nickel, copper, molybdenum, and tungsten. 50. The process of claim 49, wherein the catalyst further comprises a second metal, wherein the second metal is different from each of the transition metals, and wherein the second metal is selected from the group consisting of rhenium, tin, lead, tungsten, molybdenum, chromium, manganese, and zinc, or a combination thereof. 51. The process of claim 25 or 30, wherein the catalyst is the transition metal, a mixture of two or more metals comprising the transition metal, a metal oxide of the transition metal, or a metal carbide of the transition metal, or a combination thereof. 52. The process of claim 25 or 30, wherein the catalyst is dispersed on a surface of a first support and wherein the catalyst is in the form of atoms, nanoclusters, or nanoparticles, or a combination thereof. 53. The process of claim 52, wherein the catalyst is platinum nanoparticles, wherein the first support is an aluminum oxide support or silica-aluminum oxide support, and wherein the platinum nanoparticles are dispersed on the surface of the aluminum oxide support or silica- aluminum oxide support. 54. The process of claim 52, further comprising a second support, wherein the first support is combined with the second support and the second support is an acidic support. 92 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 55. The process of claim 54, wherein the second support is a halogenated alumina support, optionally a fluorinated alumina support, and the weight percentage of the halogen, optionally the fluorine, in the second support is in a range from 0.1% to 5%, from 0.5% to 3%, from 0.5% to 2%, from 0.5% to 1.5%, optionally about 0.7% or about 1.3%. 56. The process of claim 52, wherein the total weight loading of the transition metal is in a range from 0.1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 1 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 5 wt%, from 1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 1 wt% to 8 wt%, or from 1 wt% to 5 wt% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first support. 57. The process of claim 54, wherein the total weight loading of the transition metal is in a range from 0.1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 5 wt%, from 0.1 wt% to 1 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 10 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 8 wt%, from 0.5 wt% to 5 wt%, from 1 wt% to 10 wt%, from 1 wt% to 8 wt%, or from 1 wt% to 5 wt% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first and second support. 58. The process of claim 54, wherein the weight percentage of the second support is in a range from 2% to 90%, from 2% to 50%, from 2% to 35%, from 10% to 90%, from 10% to 80%, from 10% to 70%, from 10% to 60%, from 10% to 50%, from 10% to 30%, from 15% to 40%, from 20% to 50%, from 20% to 40%, or from 20% to 35% of the total weight of the catalyst and the first and second support. 59. The process of any one of claims 3, 25, and 30, wherein the yield of the one or more alkylbenzene compound(s) in the product is at least 4 % or at least 5 %. 60. The process of any one of claims 3, 25, and 30, wherein the waste is in the form of a solid, and wherein the process further comprises step (iii) processing the waste prior to step (i), wherein step (iii) includes shredding, cutting, and/or grinding the waste hydrocarbon polymer to small parts, or dissolving the solid waste in a solvent, optionally in a hydrocarbon solvent. 61. The process of any one of claims 3, 25, and 30, wherein the product further comprises a wax, and wherein the process further comprises step (e) separating the liquid and wax in the product. 93 45653069 ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT 62. A composition comprising one or more alkylbenzene compound(s), wherein the composition is in the form of a liquid, and wherein the composition is produced by the process of any one of claims 3-25 and 30. 63. A composition comprising an alkylbenzene compound having the structure of: ,
Figure imgf000095_0001
Figure imgf000095_0002
ATTORNEY DOCKET NO.: UCSB 2023-99M PCT wherein two R groups are independently a linear C3-C15 alkyl group, a linear C3-C12 alkyl group, a linear C3-C10 alkyl group, a linear C3-C8 alkyl group, a linear C4-C15 alkyl group, a linear C4-C12 alkyl group, a linear C4-C10 alkyl group, or a linear C4-C8 alkyl group, such as a linear C4 or a linear C5 alkyl group; and the other R group(s) are hydrogen. 64. The composition of claim 63, wherein the alkylbenzene compound has the structure of Formula (III), (III’), (III’’), (IV), (IV’), or (IV’’). 65. The composition of claim 63 or 64, wherein the alkylbenzene compound has the structure of Formula (III), (III’), or (III’’). 66. The composition of claim 63 or 64, wherein the alkylbenzene compound has the structure of Formula (IV), (IV’), or (IV’’). 67. The composition of claim 63, wherein the alkylbenzene compound has the structure of .
Figure imgf000096_0001
95 45653069
PCT/US2024/029667 2023-05-16 2024-05-16 Efficient and selective upcycling of polyethylene to alkylbenzenes under moderate hydrogen pressure Pending WO2024238775A2 (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US202363502520P 2023-05-16 2023-05-16
US63/502,520 2023-05-16

Publications (3)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2024238775A2 true WO2024238775A2 (en) 2024-11-21
WO2024238775A9 WO2024238775A9 (en) 2025-05-15
WO2024238775A3 WO2024238775A3 (en) 2025-06-19

Family

ID=93520152

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2024/029667 Pending WO2024238775A2 (en) 2023-05-16 2024-05-16 Efficient and selective upcycling of polyethylene to alkylbenzenes under moderate hydrogen pressure

Country Status (1)

Country Link
WO (1) WO2024238775A2 (en)

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US6184430B1 (en) * 1996-12-05 2001-02-06 The United States Of America As Represented By The United States Department Of Energy Hydrocracking and hydroisomerization of long-chain alkanes and polyolefins over metal-promoted anion-modified transition metal oxides
US9200207B2 (en) * 2011-05-31 2015-12-01 University Of Central Florida Research Foundation, Inc. Methods of producing liquid hydrocarbon fuels from solid plastic wastes
US9249080B2 (en) * 2012-10-17 2016-02-02 Anellotech, Inc. Chemical intermediates by catalytic fast pyrolysis process
EP3565869B1 (en) * 2017-01-05 2020-11-11 SABIC Global Technologies B.V. Conversion of waste plastic through pyrolysis to high value products like benzene and xylenes
US11518942B2 (en) * 2020-09-28 2022-12-06 Chevron Phillips Chemical Company Lp Circular chemicals or polymers from pyrolyzed plastic waste and the use of mass balance accounting to allow for crediting the resultant products as circular

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
WO2024238775A9 (en) 2025-05-15
WO2024238775A3 (en) 2025-06-19

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
Vance et al. Ni/SiO2 catalysts for polyolefin deconstruction via the divergent hydrogenolysis mechanism
WO2022015971A1 (en) Process for catalytic upcycling of hydrocarbon polymers to alkylaromatic compounds
Zhang et al. Size dependence of Pt catalysts for propane dehydrogenation: from atomically dispersed to nanoparticles
Kim et al. Enhancing C–H bond activation of methane via temperature-controlled, catalyst–plasma interactions
Yun et al. Cross-linked “poisonous” polymer: thermochemically stable catalyst support for tuning chemoselectivity
Sotoodeh et al. Kinetics of H2 recovery from dodecahydro-N-ethylcarbazole over a supported Pd catalyst
Carenco et al. Nickel phosphide nanocatalysts for the chemoselective hydrogenation of alkynes
Liu et al. Solventless hydrogenation of benzene to cyclohexane over a heterogeneous Ru–Pt bimetallic catalyst
Castaño et al. Enhancement of pyrolysis gasoline hydrogenation over Pd-promoted Ni/SiO2–Al2O3 catalysts
Martin et al. Formic acid-to-hydrogen on Pd/AC catalysts: Kinetic study with catalytic deactivation
Kim et al. Metathesis, molecular redistribution of alkanes, and the chemical upgrading of low-density polyethylene
Gonçalves et al. Combined experimental and theoretical study of acetylene semi-hydrogenation over Pd/Al2O3
Svadlenak et al. Upcycling of polyvinyl chloride to hydrocarbon waxes via dechlorination and catalytic hydrogenation
Li et al. Synthesis of sustainable aviation biofuels via catalytic hydropyrolysis of lignin
Gao et al. Selective hydrogenolysis of lignin and model compounds to monophenols over AuPd/CeO2
Chen et al. Tunable synthesis of imines and secondary-amines from tandem hydrogenation-coupling of aromatic nitro and aldehyde over NiCo5 bi-metallic catalyst
Jiang et al. C9 Petroleum resin hydrogenation over a peg1000-modified nickel catalyst supported on a recyclable fluid catalytic cracking catalyst residue
Lamb et al. Supported Platinum Nanoparticles Catalyzed Carbon–Carbon Bond Cleavage of Polyolefins: Role of the Oxide Support Acidity
Li et al. Formation mechanism of monocyclic aromatic hydrocarbons during pyrolysis of styrene butadiene rubber in waste passenger car tires
Kang et al. Chemical upcycling of PVC-containing plastic wastes by thermal degradation and catalysis in a chlorine-rich environment
Shang et al. Engineering non-noble Ni/WOx-ZrO2 towards boosted fuels production by catalytic upcycling of polyethylene at mild conditions
Sun et al. Efficient promotional effects of Mo on the catalytic hydrogenation of methyl acrylate over Ni-based catalysts under mild conditions
Bonarowska et al. Application of silica-supported Ir and Ir-M (M= Pt, Pd, Au) catalysts for low-temperature hydrodechlorination of tetrachloromethane
Peng et al. Pt-Sn Alloy Nanoparticles Supported on Al2O3 for the Dehydrogenation of Octadecahydro-dibenzyltoluene
WO2024238775A2 (en) Efficient and selective upcycling of polyethylene to alkylbenzenes under moderate hydrogen pressure